{"title":"LM UTV – Precision Components for Suspension and Handling","description":"\u003cp\u003eLM UTV designs custom aluminum and billet parts with clean CNC styling and no-BS functionality. From shifters and brake reservoirs to center consoles, their parts bring high-end finishing touches to any build. Dunes 2 Dezert stocks LM UTV for riders who want polished details that hold up in the dirt.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-trailing-arm-bolt-kit","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Trailing Arm Bolt Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the LM UTV rear trailing arm bolt kit for the Can-Am Maverick X3.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are high strength rear trailing arm bolts made from aircraft-grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat-treated, with the correct shoulder and thread length for the joint. The kit includes 2 bolts, washers, and nuts, carries a laser-etched logo, and is made in the USA. LM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe trailing arm bolt is a single fastener carrying the whole rear arm, so it is one of the few places on the car where one piece of hardware is the entire connection. Factory bolts stretch and gall under repeated hard landings, and a stretched bolt lets the arm move even when the nut is still torqued — which is exactly the kind of slop that gets blamed on bushings or bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear trailing arm bolt kit for the Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh strength rear trailing arm bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from aircraft-grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat-treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits all X3 models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-etched logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Stretched And Galled Rear Trailing Arm Bolts On The Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA trailing arm bolt that has stretched under repeated hard landings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once it has yielded, the arm moves at the mount even though the nut still comes up to torque.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear end play that gets misdiagnosed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Movement at the trailing arm bolt reads like a worn bushing or bearing, and people replace those first.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGalled hardware you cannot get back out.\u003c\/strong\u003e An original bolt that has been through a few seasons is what seizes in the arm when you finally need it out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA single fastener carrying the arm.\u003c\/strong\u003e There is no redundancy here, which is why heat-treated stainless of the correct length is worth the swap during a rebuild.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamping on the threads instead of the shoulder.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bolt is cut to the correct shoulder and thread length so the shoulder carries the joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners Rebuilding The Rear Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX3, X3 64, X3 72 and X3 Max owners pulling the rear trailing arms for service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders replacing trailing arms or bushings who want fresh hardware in the new parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert and dune riders refreshing a high-hour car before a season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners chasing rear end play that has already outlasted a bushing replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who prefers to retire suspension hardware on a schedule instead of after it lets go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need rear hub, radius rod or tie rod hardware instead, this is the wrong kit — see the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bolt-kits\"\u003ebolt kits collection\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 bolts, washers, and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: aircraft-grade 17-4 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreatment: heat-treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: correct shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition: rear trailing arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarking: laser-etched logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: designed and made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-BLT-02-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017-2027 Can-Am Maverick X3 models, including the X3 64, X3 72 and the four-seat X3 Max. LM UTV lists this kit as fitting all X3 models and does not restrict it to a narrower year range the way it does its 2017-2021 rear hub kit. This part number covers the rear trailing arm position only. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich machines does this kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 models from 2017 through 2027, including the 64\" and 72\" cars and the X3 Max. LM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 2 bolts, washers, and nuts — one bolt per side for the rear trailing arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the bolts made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAircraft-grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat-treated, cut to the correct shoulder and thread length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these replace the rear hub bolts as well?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is the rear trailing arm hardware only. The rear hub bolts are a separate LM UTV part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV states that all of its parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes LM UTV make other X3 parts to go with this?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV offers parts for both the Polaris and Can-Am's various models including tie rods, radius rods, and ball joints, with more makes, models, and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines its engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other. Its passion for off-roading has led it to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of its parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty — and because the parts are designed and made in-house, the company invites requests for parts it has not built yet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Rear Trailing Arm Bolt Kit For Your Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the trailing arms are coming off for bushings, bearings or an arm replacement, put new heat-treated stainless through the mount while it is apart. It is a two-bolt kit and a few minutes of extra work, and it takes the one fastener holding each rear arm off your list of things to worry about.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which machines does this kit fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Can-Am Maverick X3 models from 2017 through 2027, including the 64\\\" and 72\\\" cars and the X3 Max. LM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is in the kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 2 bolts, washers, and nuts — one bolt per side for the rear trailing arms.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the bolts made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Aircraft-grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat-treated, cut to the correct shoulder and thread length.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do these replace the rear hub bolts as well?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This kit is the rear trailing arm hardware only. The rear hub bolts are a separate LM UTV part number.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is there a warranty?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV states that all of its parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does LM UTV make other X3 parts to go with this?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV offers parts for both the Polaris and Can-Am's various models including tie rods, radius rods, and ball joints, with more makes, models, and parts being added frequently.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51318664036388,"sku":"LMU-BLT-02-02","price":59.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LM-UTVCanamX3Trailingarmbolts.jpg?v=1787954993"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-tie-rods-oem-inner","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Tie Rods OEM Inner (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the Can-Am Maverick X3 tie rod kit for owners who want a heim outer end without replacing the inner joint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It reuses the OEM inner joint on the RS chassis and upgrades everything outboard of it: a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod running 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, held together with Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Less to disturb, and the slop that matters still gets fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat single decision is what separates this kit from the full heim-end version. Keeping the factory inner joint shortens the job and leaves a known-good part in place, while the outer end — the one that takes grit, load and steering angle — becomes a serviceable heim. It is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat, and LM UTV lists Custom lengths available by request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 RS steering tie rods that reuse the OEM inner joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints on the outer end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Worn Outer Steering Ends On A Can-Am Maverick X3 With A Good Inner Joint\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVague, wandering steering traced to the outer end, not the inner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacing the whole link when only one end is worn is time and money spent on a part that was fine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA factory tie rod that bends before the knuckle or rack does.\u003c\/strong\u003e The replacement rod is 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum, so the weak link moves out of the middle of the steering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOuter ends that get notchy in dust and sand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The outers here are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints — serviceable rod ends rather than a sealed factory ball you throw away entire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFasteners that corrode or gall at the pinch points.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers go in with the rods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToe drifting between rides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A tight outer joint is what makes an alignment hold; a worn one lets the setting move under load no matter how carefully it was set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 RS Owners Upgrading The Outer End And Keeping The OEM Inner Joint\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaverick X3 RS owners whose factory inner joint is still tight and who only want the outer end upgraded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders replacing a bent factory tie rod who want a heim end without a full steering teardown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who prefer a shorter install with fewer factory parts disturbed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders matching finish across the car — machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone needing a non-standard length, since Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your inner joint is already loose, or you want the whole steering link renewed at once, choose the LM UTV Maverick X3 72\" heim kit instead — that one ships with its own Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis and replaces the inner end rather than reusing it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Can-Am Maverick X3 Steering Tie Rods (OEM Inner)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner joint: reuse the OEM inner joint and upgrade the outer to a 3 piece Chromolly PTFE lined heim end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints; 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie rod material: 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and spacers: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLengths: Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-02-04\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 RS Edition models, including the four-seat Maverick X3 Max on the RS chassis. This is the OEM Inner version — it reuses your factory inner joint, so that joint needs to be in serviceable condition. The full heim kit with its own inner clevis is a separate part number. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does reusing the OEM inner joint actually mean for me?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour factory inner joint stays on the car. This kit supplies the tie rod and the outer heim end, and they attach to the inner joint you already have. It is the shorter job, and it assumes that inner joint is still tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy steering feels loose. How do I know it is the outer end and not the inner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoose steering can come from either end, so check before you buy. If the play is at the inner joint, this kit will not fix it and the full heim kit with its own inner clevis is the right part. If the inner is tight and the outer is the worn one, this kit is aimed exactly at that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Can-Am Maverick X3 models does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is listed for 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 RS Edition models, including the four-seat Max on that chassis. Confirm the trim on your machine against the listing before ordering, and ask us if you are between two options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the outer ends and hardware made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outer ends are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints and the rod itself is a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod. Hardware and spacers are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the install shorter than a full tie rod kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is less to it, because the inner joint is not being removed or replaced. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it goes on with factory mounting points. Set toe once the rods are on and the length is dialed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between this and the Maverick X3 72\" heim tie rod kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by the condition of your inner joint and how much you want to replace. This kit keeps the OEM inner joint and upgrades the outer end. The 72\" heim kit includes a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis and renews the whole steering link, which is the better call on a high-mileage machine or a full rebuild.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV products aimed at broken or malfunctioning OEM parts, all Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA and backed by a Lifetime warranty. The catalog spans tie rods, radius rods and ball joints for Polaris and Can-Am models with more being added frequently — and offering both a full heim kit and this OEM inner version is exactly what building in-house allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMatch The Right Can-Am Maverick X3 Steering Tie Rod Kit To Your Car\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, put a hand on the wheel and have someone rock the steering with the machine on stands: if the play is at the outer end, this is the kit, and if it is at the inner joint, step up to the full heim version. Pick your finish at the same time, since machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat is set at build. Once the rods are on, set toe and check it again after a shakedown run — new outer ends will hold an alignment that worn ones never could.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does reusing the OEM inner joint actually mean for me?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Your factory inner joint stays on the car. This kit supplies the tie rod and the outer heim end, and they attach to the inner joint you already have. It is the shorter job, and it assumes that inner joint is still tight.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My steering feels loose. How do I know it is the outer end and not the inner?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Loose steering can come from either end, so check before you buy. If the play is at the inner joint, this kit will not fix it and the full heim kit with its own inner clevis is the right part. If the inner is tight and the outer is the worn one, this kit is aimed exactly at that.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which Can-Am Maverick X3 models does it fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is listed for 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 RS Edition models, including the four-seat Max on that chassis. Confirm the trim on your machine against the listing before ordering, and ask us if you are between two options.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the outer ends and hardware made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The outer ends are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints and the rod itself is a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod. Hardware and spacers are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the install shorter than a full tie rod kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"There is less to it, because the inner joint is not being removed or replaced. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it goes on with factory mounting points. Set toe once the rods are on and the length is dialed.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I choose between this and the Maverick X3 72\\\" heim tie rod kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Choose by the condition of your inner joint and how much you want to replace. This kit keeps the OEM inner joint and upgrades the outer end. The 72\\\" heim kit includes a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis and renews the whole steering link, which is the better call on a high-mileage machine or a full rebuild.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318664069156,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-04","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318664101924,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-04-BPC","price":209.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318664134692,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-04-MGPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318664167460,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-04-OBPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318664200228,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-04-OCPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318664232996,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-04-MRPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318664265764,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-04-DTPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318664298532,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-04-SBYPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318664331300,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-04-IBPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LM-utvX3SteeringTieRod01.jpg?v=1787954993"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-tie-rods-heim-3-5in-long-travel","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Tie Rods Heim +3.5in Long Travel (2014-2017)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 2014-2017 Polaris RZR (64″) running a 3.5in per-side long travel kit needs tie rods cut to that width, because a stock-length rod cannot set correct toe once the knuckle moves outboard and it bends under the extra leverage.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (+3.5in\/Heim) kit is sized for that build, on a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod with 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists it as a Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR with 3.5in per\/side long travel kit, fitted as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement. The inner end is a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and the joint runs on Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers so the assembly stays serviceable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (+3.5in\/Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″) + 3.5in Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR with 3.5in per\/side long travel kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Stock-Length And Bending Tie Rods On A 3.5in Long Travel Polaris RZR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory-length rods left in a widened front end.\u003c\/strong\u003e With 3.5in added per side, a stock rod runs out of adjustment before it reaches the toe setting the car needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRods loaded past what the factory part was sized for.\u003c\/strong\u003e A wider track increases what the steering sees at the wheel, and the OEM rod is the piece that bends under it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToe changing through a longer suspension stroke.\u003c\/strong\u003e Long travel means more movement, and rod length is part of how toe behaves across that range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree play from sealed factory tie rod ends.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints break down for service instead of being replaced whole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner ends failing again after a rebuild.\u003c\/strong\u003e A Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis puts heat treated steel at that connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteering hardware that seizes and rounds off at teardown.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers keep the joint rebuildable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2014-2017 Polaris RZR Builds With A 3.5in Per-Side Long Travel Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 Polaris RZR cars on the 64″ chassis fitted with a long travel kit that adds 3.5in per side up front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners finishing a long travel build who still have stock-length steering in the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who bent a tie rod after widening the front end and want a rod sized to the build\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders who prefer a rebuildable heim joint and a heat treated steel inner clevis to sealed OEM ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot for a 4in per-side long travel kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e If your kit adds 4.0in per side, order LMU-STR-01-08 instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot for a stock-width car.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 2014-2017 Polaris RZR with no long travel kit fitted takes a stock-width tie rod kit. This one is cut long on purpose and will not set correct toe on a factory-width front end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong travel kits that add some other amount per side — Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (+3.5in\/Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″) + 3.5in Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYears covered: 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis: 64″\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetup: Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR with 3.5in per\/side long travel kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner clevis: Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and spacers: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeim joints: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie rod material: 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLengths: Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-01-07\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo conditions have to be met, not one. LM UTV states the fitment as: 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″) + 3.5in Steering Tie Rod Kit, Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR with 3.5in per\/side long travel kit. So the car must be a 2014, 2015, 2016 or 2017 Polaris RZR on the 64″ chassis, \u003cstrong\u003eand\u003c\/strong\u003e it must be running a long travel kit that adds 3.5in per side. The year range narrows the fitment; it does not replace the long travel requirement. A 2015 Polaris RZR with no long travel kit fitted needs a stock-width tie rod kit, and a 2015 car on a 4in per-side kit needs LMU-STR-01-08 — the model year alone does not decide this part. Confirm your per-side travel before ordering by checking your long travel kit documentation or measuring the car. If your kit adds 3.5in per side, this is the part number. If it adds 4.0in per side, order LMU-STR-01-08. For anything else, Custom lengths available by request. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy will my stock tie rods not work with a 3.5in per-side long travel kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe knuckles sit 3.5 inches further out on each side, so a rod cut for the factory front end cannot reach correct toe. Winding a stock rod out to its adjustment limit leaves minimal thread engagement in the joint and loads the rod in a way it was never sized for. A rod cut to the added width is the fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy car is a 2015 Polaris RZR — does that alone mean this kit fits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The year range matters, but it is only half the answer. LM UTV lists this as 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″) + 3.5in Steering Tie Rod Kit, so the car has to be in that range on the 64″ chassis and it has to be running a 3.5in per\/side long travel kit. A 2015 car with no long travel kit, or with a 4in kit, needs a different part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSince the long travel install my Polaris RZR wanders and the steering feels loose — is that the tie rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrequently, yes. Wrong-length rods change how toe behaves through the longer stroke, and worn factory ends add play on top of it. Fitting rods sized for a 3.5in per\/side long travel kit and then setting a front alignment addresses both at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are these rods made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod, 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Finish is machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat, and the kit carries a Lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these bolt in, or is fabrication required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey bolt in. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement. Do both sides, then get a front alignment — on a long travel car, checking toe after the install matters more than on a stock-width machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to LMU-STR-01-08?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame vendor, same construction, same year range — only the length differs. This part number is cut for a 3.5in per\/side long travel kit; LMU-STR-01-08 is cut for a 4.0in per\/side kit. Both are listed for the 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″), both use a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod with 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, and both come in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. Go by how much width your long travel kit adds per side, and if it is neither figure, Custom lengths available by request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere at LM-UTV we have combined our engineering and manufacturing knowledge with our modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other. Our passion for off-roading has led us to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of our parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. LM-UTV offers parts for both the Polaris and Can-Am's various models including tie rods, radius rods, and ball joints with more makes, models, and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMatch Your 2014-2017 Polaris RZR Long Travel Front End With The Right Steering Tie Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck both boxes before you order: a 2014, 2015, 2016 or 2017 Polaris RZR on the 64″ chassis, and a long travel kit that adds 3.5in per side. This kit is cut for 3.5in per side; a 4.0in per-side kit takes LMU-STR-01-08, a factory-width car takes a stock-width tie rod kit, and anything else falls under Custom lengths available by request. Then pick a finish, machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. Once both rods are on, get a front alignment and check toe through the suspension stroke, because that is where long travel geometry shows itself. Alongside the steering, the front ball joints, the knuckles and the steering rack are the parts that see the load next, and a spare set of 5\/8 heim joints with stainless hardware is worth carrying on a long trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why will my stock tie rods not work with a 3.5in per-side long travel kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The knuckles sit 3.5 inches further out on each side, so a rod cut for the factory front end cannot reach correct toe. Winding a stock rod out to its adjustment limit leaves minimal thread engagement in the joint and loads the rod in a way it was never sized for. A rod cut to the added width is the fix.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My car is a 2015 Polaris RZR — does that alone mean this kit fits?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The year range matters, but it is only half the answer. LM UTV lists this as 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″) + 3.5in Steering Tie Rod Kit, so the car has to be in that range on the 64″ chassis and it has to be running a 3.5in per\/side long travel kit. A 2015 car with no long travel kit, or with a 4in kit, needs a different part number.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Since the long travel install my Polaris RZR wanders and the steering feels loose — is that the tie rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Frequently, yes. Wrong-length rods change how toe behaves through the longer stroke, and worn factory ends add play on top of it. Fitting rods sized for a 3.5in per\/side long travel kit and then setting a front alignment addresses both at once.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are these rods made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod, 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Finish is machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat, and the kit carries a Lifetime warranty.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do these bolt in, or is fabrication required?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They bolt in. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement. Do both sides, then get a front alignment — on a long travel car, checking toe after the install matters more than on a stock-width machine.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does this compare to LMU-STR-01-08?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same vendor, same construction, same year range — only the length differs. This part number is cut for a 3.5in per\/side long travel kit; LMU-STR-01-08 is cut for a 4.0in per\/side kit. Both are listed for the 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″), both use a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod with 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, and both come in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. Go by how much width your long travel kit adds per side, and if it is neither figure, Custom lengths available by request.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318664986660,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07-BPC","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318665019428,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318665052196,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07-PRPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318665084964,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07-PBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318665117732,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07-GGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318665150500,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07-SGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318665183268,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07-LLPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318665216036,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07-LSPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318665248804,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07-ZBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318665281572,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-07-OMPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/tie_rod_heim.png?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-turbo-s-tie-rods-72-heim","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Turbo S Tie Rods 72\" Heim (2018+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe 2018 and newer Polaris RZR Turbo S carries more travel, more weight and more speed than the 64-inch cars, and the factory tie rod is still the first steering part to bend.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (+72in\/Heim) kit replaces them with a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod on 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints and a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists this as the 2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S (72″) Steering Tie Rod Kit and a Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR, installed as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory steering mounting points. It is the 72-inch Turbo S part number specifically, not a 64-inch XP kit stretched to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (+72in\/Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S (72″) Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent Steering Tie Rods On The 72-Inch Polaris RZR Turbo S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA stock rod that bends on a whooped-out road at Turbo S speed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The heavier, wider car loads the steering harder, and the factory rod is where that load stops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteering that no longer tracks straight after a hit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A deformed rod holds the wrong front toe, and a 72-inch car makes that misalignment obvious at speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlay at the wheel from worn factory ends.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints are rebuildable, so the joint can be refreshed instead of replaced whole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat failures at the inner end.\u003c\/strong\u003e A Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis puts heat treated steel at the connection that keeps giving up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorroded steering hardware that fights you at teardown.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers keep the assembly serviceable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront tire edges wearing away between trips.\u003c\/strong\u003e Bad toe eats tires quietly, and on a Turbo S those are not cheap tires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2018 And Newer 72-Inch Polaris RZR Turbo S Owners Running Fast, Rough Terrain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of 2018 and newer Polaris RZR Turbo S machines on the 72-inch chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert and high-speed riders loading the front end through whoops and rough two-track\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDune riders who want the steering to hold its geometry through repeated hard landings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners rebuilding a front end after bending a factory tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders who prefer a serviceable heim joint over sealed OEM ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone with a non-standard front setup — Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of 64-inch cars — Polaris RZR XP 1000, XP 4 1000, XP Turbo and XP 4 Turbo — are on a narrower chassis and need their own part number: LMU-STR-01-02 for 2014-2017 cars and the RS1, LMU-STR-01-03 for 2017.5-2020 XP 1000 and Turbo cars. The 72-inch Turbo S rods do not cross over.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (+72in\/Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: 2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S (72″) Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScope: Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner clevis: Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and spacers: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeim joints: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie rod material: 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLengths: Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-01-06\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2018 and newer Polaris RZR Turbo S models on the 72-inch chassis, covering 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 model years. LM UTV states the fitment as: 2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S (72″) Steering Tie Rod Kit, Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR. This is the Turbo S 72-inch part number only. The 64-inch cars — Polaris RZR XP 1000, RZR XP 4 1000, RZR XP Turbo and RZR XP 4 Turbo — take a different kit, and so does the RS1. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the tie rod bend first on a Polaris RZR Turbo S?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the smallest-section piece in the steering path, so when the front wheel takes a hit the rod deforms before the rack or the knuckle does. That is not a bad design in itself — something has to be the fuse — but the factory rod bends far earlier than it needs to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy Turbo S pulls to one side and the inside tire edges are wearing — could that be the tie rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, that pattern is typical of a bent rod. It sets the wrong front toe on that side, which shows up as a pull and as scrubbed inside tire edges. New rods on both sides plus a front alignment fixes the cause instead of the symptom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this 72-inch kit fit a Polaris RZR XP 1000 or XP Turbo?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This part number is the 2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S (72″) Steering Tie Rod Kit. The XP 1000 and XP Turbo are 64-inch cars and take their own kits — LMU-STR-01-02 for 2014-2017 cars and the RS1, LMU-STR-01-03 for 2017.5-2020 cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the rods, joints and hardware made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rod is a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod. The joints are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, the inner end is a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and the fasteners are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Finish is machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes installing these require cutting or welding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory steering mounting points. Fit both sides, then have the front alignment set so toe is correct with the new rods installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this differ from the long travel tie rod kits?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLength. This kit is sized for the factory 72-inch Turbo S front end. The long travel kits are sized to a specific per-side long travel increase — 3.5in per side on LMU-STR-01-07 and 4.0in per side on LMU-STR-01-08 — and are the right choice only if you have actually fitted a long travel kit of that width. Construction is the same across all of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere at LM-UTV we have combined our engineering and manufacturing knowledge with our modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other. Our passion for off-roading has led us to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of our parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. LM-UTV offers parts for both the Polaris and Can-Am's various models including tie rods, radius rods, and ball joints with more makes, models, and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUpgrade The Steering On Your 72-Inch Polaris RZR Turbo S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm you are on a 2018 or newer Turbo S on the 72-inch chassis rather than a 64-inch XP car, then choose your finish, machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. If your front end is not stock width, say so when you order, because Custom lengths available by request. After install, get a front alignment so toe is actually set with the new rods, and think about where the load travels next: the steering rack, the front ball joints and the knuckles all see what the old tie rod used to give up. The matching Turbo S 72-inch radius rods and a spare set of 5\/8 heim joints are the companion parts worth having on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does the tie rod bend first on a Polaris RZR Turbo S?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the smallest-section piece in the steering path, so when the front wheel takes a hit the rod deforms before the rack or the knuckle does. That is not a bad design in itself — something has to be the fuse — but the factory rod bends far earlier than it needs to.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My Turbo S pulls to one side and the inside tire edges are wearing — could that be the tie rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, that pattern is typical of a bent rod. It sets the wrong front toe on that side, which shows up as a pull and as scrubbed inside tire edges. New rods on both sides plus a front alignment fixes the cause instead of the symptom.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this 72-inch kit fit a Polaris RZR XP 1000 or XP Turbo?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This part number is the 2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S (72″) Steering Tie Rod Kit. The XP 1000 and XP Turbo are 64-inch cars and take their own kits — LMU-STR-01-02 for 2014-2017 cars and the RS1, LMU-STR-01-03 for 2017.5-2020 cars.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the rods, joints and hardware made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The rod is a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod. The joints are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, the inner end is a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and the fasteners are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Finish is machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does installing these require cutting or welding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory steering mounting points. Fit both sides, then have the front alignment set so toe is correct with the new rods installed.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does this differ from the long travel tie rod kits?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Length. This kit is sized for the factory 72-inch Turbo S front end. The long travel kits are sized to a specific per-side long travel increase — 3.5in per side on LMU-STR-01-07 and 4.0in per side on LMU-STR-01-08 — and are the right choice only if you have actually fitted a long travel kit of that width. Construction is the same across all of them.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318664658980,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318664691748,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06-BPC","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318664724516,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06-PRPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318664757284,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06-PBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318664790052,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06-GGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318664822820,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06-SGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318664855588,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06-LLPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318664888356,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06-LSPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318664921124,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06-ZBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318664953892,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-06-OMPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/18JtVLCcQVagj3pUpkr7qQ.jpg?v=1787954999"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-rear-radius-rod-plate-2017-2021","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Rear Radius Rod Plate (2017-2021)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe rear radius rod mount is one of the weakest parts of the X3 chassis, and it usually announces itself at the worst possible time.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV rear radius rod plate reinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to that exact area on 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3 models, spreading rod load across a plate machined from 6061 instead of leaving the factory mount to take it alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt installs as a direct bolt on replacement, comes machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors, and can be built out with accessories — tow hooks, hitch receiver, cage mounts, and custom logo plates that cover unused holes for a clean finished look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt on replacement — no cutting, no welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits all X3 models 2017-2021\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessories: tow hooks, hitch receiver, cage mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom logo plates available — a removable logo plate provides a clean finished look without exposed, unused holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: A Failing Rear Radius Rod Mount On The 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA mount that folds under a hard landing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Every bit of rear rod load arrives at one small area of the chassis, and that area is the first thing to deform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt holes that elongate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the holes egg out, the rods shift under load and rear geometry stops holding a setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRadius rods that become the next casualty.\u003c\/strong\u003e A sloppy or deformed mount loads the rod off-axis, so a mount problem turns into a rod problem and then an alignment problem.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepair work instead of a bolt-on part.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reinforcing the area ahead of time is a far smaller job than straightening or re-fabricating it after a bad day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA mismatched rear end after a rod upgrade.\u003c\/strong\u003e Stronger rods put more of the load back into the mount — the plate keeps the two sides of that equation in step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners On 64\" And 72\" Cars\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaverick X3, X3 64, X3 72 and X3 Max owners on 2017 through 2021 machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDune riders loading the rear end through steep faces and hard landings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert and high-speed riders who take repeated impacts through the rear suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who have already upgraded rear radius rods and want the mount to match\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who want tow hooks, a hitch receiver or cage mounts tied into the rear plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2022 and newer X3 owners: this is not your plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e LM UTV builds a separate rear radius rod plate for 2022 and newer X3 models — order that one instead, the two are not interchangeable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR owners need a RZR pull plate or radius rod plate, not an X3 plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction: Reinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Machined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt on replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment: Fits all X3 models 2017-2021\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessory: Tow Hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessory: Hitch Receiver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessory: Cage Mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessory: Custom Logo Plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRP-02-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all X3 models 2017-2021 — 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021 Can-Am Maverick X3, including 64in and 72in cars and the four-seat X3 Max. If your X3 is a 2022 or newer car, use the 2022+ X3 rear radius rod plate instead. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my 2022 or newer Maverick X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This plate fits all X3 models 2017-2021. Can-Am changed the car and LM UTV builds a separate rear radius rod plate for 2022 and newer X3 models — order that part number instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the X3 need a rear radius rod plate at all?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe area the rear radius rods bolt into is one of the weakest parts of the X3 chassis. Under a hard landing it can tear, elongate its bolt holes, or fold, and once it does the rear geometry is gone and the rods are usually next. The plate spreads that load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit both the 64in and 72in cars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models in the 2017-2021 range, which covers 64in, 72in and X3 Max cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is involved in installing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a Direct bolt on replacement — no cutting and no welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add tow hooks or a hitch to it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV lists tow hooks, a hitch receiver, cage mounts and custom logo plates as available accessories. The removable logo plate provides a clean finished look without exposed, unused holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finish options are there?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is offered machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV parts that solve broken or malfunctioning OEM problems while still looking like they belong on the car. The parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty, and LM UTV builds for both Polaris and Can-Am platforms — tie rods, radius rods, ball joints and chassis reinforcement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforce Your 2017-2021 X3 Rear End Before The Mount Gives\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your model year first: this plate is for 2017 through 2021 Can-Am Maverick X3 cars, and 2022 and newer machines take the other plate. Once you have confirmed the year, pick your finish and decide whether you want tow hooks, a hitch receiver, cage mounts or a custom logo plate added to it. If you are already upgrading rear radius rods, this is the part that keeps them in a mount worth bolting to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this fit my 2022 or newer Maverick X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This plate fits all X3 models 2017-2021. Can-Am changed the car and LM UTV builds a separate rear radius rod plate for 2022 and newer X3 models — order that part number instead.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does the X3 need a rear radius rod plate at all?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The area the rear radius rods bolt into is one of the weakest parts of the X3 chassis. Under a hard landing it can tear, elongate its bolt holes, or fold, and once it does the rear geometry is gone and the rods are usually next. The plate spreads that load.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it fit both the 64in and 72in cars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models in the 2017-2021 range, which covers 64in, 72in and X3 Max cars.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is involved in installing it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a Direct bolt on replacement — no cutting and no welding.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I add tow hooks or a hitch to it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV lists tow hooks, a hitch receiver, cage mounts and custom logo plates as available accessories. The removable logo plate provides a clean finished look without exposed, unused holes.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What finish options are there?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is offered machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318664364068,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-01","price":195.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318664396836,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-01-BPC","price":229.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green Powder Coat","offer_id":51318664429604,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-01-MGPC","price":239.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue Powder Coat","offer_id":51318664462372,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-01-OBPC","price":239.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush Powder Coat","offer_id":51318664495140,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-01-OCPC","price":239.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red Powder Coat","offer_id":51318664527908,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-01-MRPC","price":239.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan Powder Coat","offer_id":51318664560676,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-01-DTPC","price":239.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318664593444,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-01-SBYPC","price":239.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318664626212,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-01-IBPC","price":239.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/canamradiusrodplate_7293933b-e6eb-4596-b342-dd5b78ede8b6.png?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-xp-1000-tie-rods-64-heim-2017-5","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR XP 1000 Tie Rods 64\" Heim (2017.5-2020)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe 2017.5-2020 Polaris RZR XP 1000 and XP Turbo still bend a factory tie rod before they bend anything else, and a bowed rod turns crisp steering into a wandering front end.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (64in\/Heim) kit swaps them for a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod on 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints with a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRead the application line before you order. LM UTV states it plainly: NOT FOR THE RS1, use LMU-STR-01-02 for the RS1. This part number is the 2017.5 - 2020 XP 1000 and Turbo kit, listed as a Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR and a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory steering mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (64in\/Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2017.5 - 2020 Polaris RZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNOT FOR THE RS1, use LMU-STR-01-02 for the RS1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent Tie Rods And Wandering Steering On The 2017.5-2020 Polaris RZR XP 1000 And Turbo\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA factory rod that folds on a rock or a bad landing.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is the weakest element between the rack and the knuckle, so it absorbs the hit and keeps the damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe car hunting under throttle after an impact.\u003c\/strong\u003e A bent rod holds the wrong front toe on that corner and the RZR will not track straight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree play at the steering wheel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Worn OEM ends give up their preload; 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints are a rebuildable joint instead of a throwaway one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner ends that keep failing where they meet the rack.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis replaces that failure point with heat treated steel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeized, corroded steering hardware at rebuild time.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers keep the joint serviceable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChewed inside tire edges on a car nobody has aligned since the hit.\u003c\/strong\u003e New rods only fix the geometry if toe gets set afterward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2017.5-2020 Polaris RZR XP 1000 And XP Turbo Owners — Not RS1 Owners\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRS1 owners: this is not your kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e LM UTV states NOT FOR THE RS1, use LMU-STR-01-02 for the RS1. Order LMU-STR-01-02 instead, which covers all years of the RS1.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of 2017.5, 2018, 2019 and 2020 Polaris RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP 4 1000 cars on the 64-inch chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR XP Turbo and RZR XP 4 Turbo owners in that same 2017.5 through 2020 window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders replacing a rod they have already bent, or getting ahead of it before a dune or desert trip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders who want a rebuildable heim joint and a heat treated steel inner clevis rather than sealed OEM ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone running a non-standard front width — Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your XP 1000 or Turbo is a 2014-2017 car, use LMU-STR-01-02. If you are on a 2018 or newer Turbo S, the 72-inch tie rod kit is the correct part number.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (64in\/Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: 2017.5 - 2020 Polaris RZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExclusion: NOT FOR THE RS1, use LMU-STR-01-02 for the RS1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScope: Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner clevis: Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and spacers: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeim joints: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie rod material: 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLengths: Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-01-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017.5, 2018, 2019 and 2020 Polaris RZR XP 1000, RZR XP 4 1000, RZR XP Turbo and RZR XP 4 Turbo models on the 64-inch chassis. LM UTV states the fitment as: 2017.5 - 2020 Polaris RZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Steering Tie Rod Kit, NOT FOR THE RS1, use LMU-STR-01-02 for the RS1, Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR. That exclusion is the important line on this page — \u003cstrong\u003ethe Polaris RZR RS1 does not take this kit at any model year, and RS1 owners need LMU-STR-01-02.\u003c\/strong\u003e Early 2017 XP 1000 and Turbo cars built before the 2017.5 change also belong on LMU-STR-01-02. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these tie rods fit my Polaris RZR RS1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV is explicit about it: NOT FOR THE RS1, use LMU-STR-01-02 for the RS1. That applies to every RS1 model year. Order LMU-STR-01-02, which lists all years of the RS1 in its fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy 2019 Polaris RZR XP Turbo wanders under power since a hard hit — is that the tie rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVery often it is. A bent tie rod changes front toe on that corner, so the car hunts under throttle and scrubs the inside edge of the front tire. Replacing both sides and then setting toe is what actually resets the geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat causes the play I can feel at the steering wheel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorn factory tie rod ends. The OEM end is sealed and cannot be rebuilt, so the slop only increases. This kit uses 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints with Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers, which come apart for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the kit made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod, 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Finish is machined finished or Type 3 Black Powder Coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any cutting, welding or drilling needed to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory steering mounting points. Do both sides, then get a front alignment so toe is set with the new rods in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to LMU-STR-01-02?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame construction, different cars. LMU-STR-01-02 covers 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000 and Turbo plus all years of the RS1 and is offered in machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat. This part number is the 2017.5 - 2020 XP 1000 and Turbo kit in machined finished or Type 3 Black Powder Coat, and it is NOT FOR THE RS1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere at LM-UTV we have combined our engineering and manufacturing knowledge with our modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other. Our passion for off-roading has led us to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of our parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. LM-UTV offers parts for both the Polaris and Can-Am's various models including tie rods, radius rods, and ball joints with more makes, models, and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUpgrade The Steering On Your 2017.5-2020 Polaris RZR XP 1000 Or XP Turbo\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSettle the fitment first. Confirm your XP 1000 or Turbo is a 2017.5 through 2020 car, and if you are on an RS1, stop here and order LMU-STR-01-02, because this kit is NOT FOR THE RS1. Then pick a finish, machined finished or Type 3 Black Powder Coat, and mention your setup if you need a non-standard size, since Custom lengths available by request. After install, get a front alignment so toe is set with the new rods on the car, and look at the parts that see the load next — the steering rack, the knuckles and the front ball joints. Spare 5\/8 heim joints and stainless hardware are the companion items worth having before a long weekend out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these tie rods fit my Polaris RZR RS1?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV is explicit about it: NOT FOR THE RS1, use LMU-STR-01-02 for the RS1. That applies to every RS1 model year. Order LMU-STR-01-02, which lists all years of the RS1 in its fitment.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My 2019 Polaris RZR XP Turbo wanders under power since a hard hit — is that the tie rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Very often it is. A bent tie rod changes front toe on that corner, so the car hunts under throttle and scrubs the inside edge of the front tire. Replacing both sides and then setting toe is what actually resets the geometry.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What causes the play I can feel at the steering wheel?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Worn factory tie rod ends. The OEM end is sealed and cannot be rebuilt, so the slop only increases. This kit uses 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints with Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers, which come apart for service.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the kit made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod, 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Finish is machined finished or Type 3 Black Powder Coat.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is any cutting, welding or drilling needed to install these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory steering mounting points. Do both sides, then get a front alignment so toe is set with the new rods in place.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does this compare to LMU-STR-01-02?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same construction, different cars. LMU-STR-01-02 covers 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000 and Turbo plus all years of the RS1 and is offered in machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat. This part number is the 2017.5 - 2020 XP 1000 and Turbo kit in machined finished or Type 3 Black Powder Coat, and it is NOT FOR THE RS1.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318665314340,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318665347108,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03-BPC","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318665379876,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03-PRPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318665412644,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03-PBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318665445412,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03-GGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318665478180,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03-SGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318665510948,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03-LLPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318665543716,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03-LSPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318665576484,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03-ZBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318665609252,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-03-OMPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/lmustr.jpg?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-tow-tie-down-hook","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Tow and Tie-Down Hook","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the hook, not the mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e It works with our Can-Am X3 billet pull plate to attach a tow strap or tie down hook, and it is CNC machined from aircraft quality aluminum with large side flanges that add strength for sideways loads. 3 massive 1\/2 -13 bolts attach the hook from the back. You need an LM UTV billet pull plate on the machine to run it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe detail that matters in use is the large corner radius, which prevents tow straps from tearing where a sharp machined edge would cut them. Made in house, with a lifetime warranty, and offered in machine finish, black powder coat or one of eight powder coat colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with our Can-Am X3 billet pull plate to attach a tow strap or tie down hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCNC machined from aircraft quality aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge side flanges add strength for sideways loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 massive 1\/2 -13 bolts attach the hook from the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge corner radius prevents tow straps from tearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in house\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine finish, black powder coat, or eight powder coat colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: No Strong, Strap-Friendly Recovery And Tie-Down Point On The Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNowhere purpose-built to hook a tow strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e This hook works with our Can-Am X3 billet pull plate to attach a tow strap or tie down hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStraps chewed up by sharp edges.\u003c\/strong\u003e The large corner radius prevents tow straps from tearing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAngled pulls and side loads.\u003c\/strong\u003e Large side flanges add strength for sideways loads, so a recovery that pulls off-axis is not loading a thin unsupported tab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFasteners that pull through.\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 massive 1\/2 -13 bolts attach the hook from the back rather than a single bolt in shear at the face.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrailering tie-down points.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same hook takes a tie down hook, so the strap you pull with is the strap you strap down with.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners Who Already Run An LM UTV Billet Pull Plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who already have, or are buying, the LM UTV Can-Am X3 billet pull plate and want a dedicated tow and tie-down point on it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who gets stuck, or who pulls friends out, and wants a real strap attachment instead of a suspension component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who trailer the machine and want a purpose-made tie-down anchor at the rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders matching finishes across a machine — this is offered in machine finish, black powder coat and eight colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you do not run an LM UTV billet pull plate, this hook has nothing to bolt to. Add the plate to your order, or start with the plate first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you want a front recovery point, this is the rear pull plate hook and is not the right part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart type: tow and tie-down hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: works with our Can-Am X3 billet pull plate to attach a tow strap or tie down hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware: 3 massive 1\/2 -13 bolts attach the hook from the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: CNC machined from aircraft quality aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrength detail: large side flanges add strength for sideways loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrap protection: large corner radius prevents tow straps from tearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Machine Finish, Black Powder Coat, Candy Red, Octane Blue, Manta Green, Orange Crush, Magma Red, Desert Tan, Intense Blue, Sunburst Yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: made in house, designed and made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: lifetime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRP-02-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017 through 2027 Can-Am Maverick X3 models, including the 64\" and 72\" chassis and the four-seat X3 Max. It is not a standalone chassis part: it works with our Can-Am X3 billet pull plate, and the plate has to be on the machine for the hook to bolt to anything. If you do not already run one, add the LM UTV billet pull plate with this hook. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need the LM UTV billet pull plate to use this hook?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This hook works with our Can-Am X3 billet pull plate to attach a tow strap or tie down hook — it mounts to that plate and does not bolt directly to the chassis. We sell the plate, so if you are not already running one, order it together with the hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the hook attach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e3 massive 1\/2 -13 bolts attach the hook from the back. Fastening from the rear of the plate means the bolt heads are not exposed on the face where a strap rides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill a tow strap chafe or cut on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook is machined with a large corner radius that prevents tow straps from tearing. That radius is why a strap can be loaded over the edge of the hook without being cut the way a sharp machined corner would cut it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens on an angled pull that is not straight back?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarge side flanges add strength for sideways loads, which is the case this hook is shaped for — recovery pulls rarely come straight off the back of the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it as a tie-down anchor for trailering?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is listed as a tow and tie-down hook, and the pull plate mounting is what makes it usable to attach a tow strap or tie down hook. The same anchor works for a strap on the trailer and a strap in a recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made of, and is it warrantied?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is CNC machined from aircraft quality aluminum, made in house, and designed and made in the USA. It carries LM UTV's lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to produce UTV products like no other, and the parts are designed and made in the USA with a lifetime warranty. The line exists because of a passion for off-roading and a habit of finding solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts — tie rods, radius rods and ball joints across Polaris and Can-Am models, with more being added. Because everything is made in house, details like the corner radius on a strap hook get engineered rather than left to chance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAdd The Hook To Your Can-Am Maverick X3 Pull Plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck one thing before you order: whether the LM UTV billet pull plate is already on the machine. If it is, pick a finish — machine finish, black powder coat, or one of the eight colors — and the hook bolts on with its three 1\/2 -13 bolts from the back. If it is not, add the pull plate to the same order so the hook has something to mount to. A rated tow strap and a set of soft shackles finish the recovery kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need the LM UTV billet pull plate to use this hook?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. This hook works with our Can-Am X3 billet pull plate to attach a tow strap or tie down hook — it mounts to that plate and does not bolt directly to the chassis. We sell the plate, so if you are not already running one, order it together with the hook.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does the hook attach?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"3 massive 1\/2 -13 bolts attach the hook from the back. Fastening from the rear of the plate means the bolt heads are not exposed on the face where a strap rides.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will a tow strap chafe or cut on it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The hook is machined with a large corner radius that prevents tow straps from tearing. That radius is why a strap can be loaded over the edge of the hook without being cut the way a sharp machined corner would cut it.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What happens on an angled pull that is not straight back?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Large side flanges add strength for sideways loads, which is the case this hook is shaped for — recovery pulls rarely come straight off the back of the machine.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I use it as a tie-down anchor for trailering?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It is listed as a tow and tie-down hook, and the pull plate mounting is what makes it usable to attach a tow strap or tie down hook. The same anchor works for a strap on the trailer and a strap in a recovery.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is it made of, and is it warrantied?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is CNC machined from aircraft quality aluminum, made in house, and designed and made in the USA. It carries LM UTV's lifetime warranty.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318665642020,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02","price":69.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318665674788,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02-BPC","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Candy Red","offer_id":51318665707556,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02-CR","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318665740324,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02-OBPC","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318665773092,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02-MGPC","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318665805860,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02-OCPC","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318665838628,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02-MRPC","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318665871396,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02-DTPC","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318665904164,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02-IBPC","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318665936932,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-02-SBYPC","price":74.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/image1_6436ff38-9575-46e0-98bd-a093d6c2f934.png?v=1787954999"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-tie-rods-heim-4in-long-travel","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Tie Rods Heim +4in Long Travel (2014-2017)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 2014-2017 Polaris RZR running a 4in per-side long travel kit has outgrown its stock steering, because a rod cut for the factory front end cannot set correct toe once the knuckle moves 4 inches outboard.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (+4in\/Heim) kit is sized for that build, on a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod with 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists it as a Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR with 4.0in per\/side long travel kit, fitted as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement. The inner end is a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and the joint runs on Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers so the assembly stays serviceable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (+4in\/Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″) + 4.0 in Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR with 4.0in per\/side long travel kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Stock-Length And Bending Tie Rods On A 4in Long Travel Polaris RZR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory-length rods left in a widened front end.\u003c\/strong\u003e With 4.0in per side added, a stock rod runs out of adjustment before it reaches the toe setting the car needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRods loaded past what the factory part was sized for.\u003c\/strong\u003e A wider track increases what the steering sees at the wheel, and the OEM rod is the piece that bends under it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToe changing through a longer suspension stroke.\u003c\/strong\u003e Long travel means more movement, and rod length is part of how toe behaves across that range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree play from sealed factory tie rod ends.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints break down for service instead of being replaced whole.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner ends failing again after a rebuild.\u003c\/strong\u003e A Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis puts heat treated steel at that connection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteering hardware that seizes and rounds off at teardown.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers keep the joint rebuildable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2014-2017 Polaris RZR Builds With A 4in Per-Side Long Travel Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 Polaris RZR cars fitted with a long travel kit that adds 4.0in per side up front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners finishing a long travel build who still have stock-length steering in the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who bent a tie rod after widening the front end and want a rod sized to the build\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders who prefer a rebuildable heim joint and a heat treated steel inner clevis to sealed OEM ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot for a 3.5in per-side long travel kit.\u003c\/strong\u003e If your kit adds 3.5in per side, order LMU-STR-01-07 instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot for a stock-width car.\u003c\/strong\u003e A 2014-2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000 or XP Turbo with no long travel kit takes LMU-STR-01-02, which also covers the RS1. This kit is cut long on purpose and will not set correct toe on a factory-width front end.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong travel kits that add some other amount per side — Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rods (+4in\/Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″) + 4.0 in Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetup: Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR with 4.0in per\/side long travel kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner clevis: Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and spacers: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeim joints: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie rod material: 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLengths: Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-01-08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 Polaris RZR cars, but the deciding factor is the long travel kit, not the model year. LM UTV states the fitment as: 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR (64″) + 4.0 in Steering Tie Rod Kit, Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR with 4.0in per\/side long travel kit. The correct tie rod length depends on which long travel kit is fitted and how much width it adds per side, so confirm your per-side travel before ordering — check your long travel kit documentation or measure the car. If your kit adds 4.0in per side, this is the part number. If it adds 3.5in per side, order LMU-STR-01-07. A 2014-2017 Polaris RZR on factory front-end width needs LMU-STR-01-02 instead. For anything else, Custom lengths available by request. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy will my stock tie rods not work with a 4in per-side long travel kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe knuckles sit 4 inches further out on each side, so a rod cut for the factory front end cannot reach correct toe. Winding a stock rod out to its adjustment limit leaves minimal thread engagement in the joint and loads the rod in a way it was never sized for. A rod cut to the added width is the fix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSince the long travel install my Polaris RZR wanders and the steering feels loose — is that the tie rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrequently, yes. Wrong-length rods change how toe behaves through the longer stroke, and worn factory ends add play on top of it. Fitting rods sized for a 4.0in per\/side long travel kit and then setting a front alignment addresses both at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I confirm this is the right length for my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGo by the long travel kit rather than the badge on the car. Confirm how much width your kit adds per side before ordering: this part number is for a 4.0in per\/side long travel kit, and LMU-STR-01-07 is for a 3.5in per\/side kit. If your kit is a different width, ask about a custom length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are these rods made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod, 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Finish is machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat, and the kit carries a Lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these bolt in, or is fabrication required?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey bolt in. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement. Do both sides, then get a front alignment — on a long travel car, checking toe after the install matters more than on a stock-width machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to LMU-STR-01-02?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame construction, different front-end width. LMU-STR-01-02 is the stock-width kit for 2014-2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000 and Turbo cars plus all years of the RS1, and it is offered in machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat. This part number is cut for a 4.0in per\/side long travel kit and comes in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. Both use the same 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere at LM-UTV we have combined our engineering and manufacturing knowledge with our modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other. Our passion for off-roading has led us to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of our parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. LM-UTV offers parts for both the Polaris and Can-Am's various models including tie rods, radius rods, and ball joints with more makes, models, and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMatch Your 2014-2017 Polaris RZR Long Travel Front End With The Right Steering Tie Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the number that decides this part before you order: how much width your long travel kit adds per side. This kit is cut for 4.0in per side; a 3.5in per-side kit takes LMU-STR-01-07, a factory-width 2014-2017 car takes LMU-STR-01-02, and anything else falls under Custom lengths available by request. Then pick a finish, machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. Once both rods are on, get a front alignment and check toe through the suspension stroke, because that is where long travel geometry shows itself. Alongside the steering, the front ball joints, the knuckles and the steering rack are the parts that see the load next, and a spare set of 5\/8 heim joints with stainless hardware is worth carrying on a long trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why will my stock tie rods not work with a 4in per-side long travel kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The knuckles sit 4 inches further out on each side, so a rod cut for the factory front end cannot reach correct toe. Winding a stock rod out to its adjustment limit leaves minimal thread engagement in the joint and loads the rod in a way it was never sized for. A rod cut to the added width is the fix.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Since the long travel install my Polaris RZR wanders and the steering feels loose — is that the tie rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Frequently, yes. Wrong-length rods change how toe behaves through the longer stroke, and worn factory ends add play on top of it. Fitting rods sized for a 4.0in per\/side long travel kit and then setting a front alignment addresses both at once.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I confirm this is the right length for my car?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Go by the long travel kit rather than the badge on the car. Confirm how much width your kit adds per side before ordering: this part number is for a 4.0in per\/side long travel kit, and LMU-STR-01-07 is for a 3.5in per\/side kit. If your kit is a different width, ask about a custom length.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are these rods made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod, 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Finish is machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat, and the kit carries a Lifetime warranty.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do these bolt in, or is fabrication required?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They bolt in. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement. Do both sides, then get a front alignment — on a long travel car, checking toe after the install matters more than on a stock-width machine.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does this compare to LMU-STR-01-02?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same construction, different front-end width. LMU-STR-01-02 is the stock-width kit for 2014-2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000 and Turbo cars plus all years of the RS1, and it is offered in machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat. This part number is cut for a 4.0in per\/side long travel kit and comes in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. Both use the same 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318666657828,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08-BPC","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318666690596,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318666723364,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08-PRPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318666756132,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08-PBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318666788900,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08-GGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318666821668,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08-SGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318666854436,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08-LLPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318666887204,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08-LSPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318666919972,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08-ZBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318666952740,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-08-OMPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/img2.jpg?v=1787954999"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-rear-radius-rods-64","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Rear Radius Rods 64\" (2014-2016)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn a 2014-2016 Polaris RZR XP 1000 or 2016 RZR XP Turbo, the lower rear radius rod is the part that finds the rock first, and a bent one drags your rear alignment with it.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV 64-inch kit is a Billet high clearance radius rods set that lifts the lower arms out of the strike zone on 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum, and it is the kit for the 10mm Bolt car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe lowers are fixed length so the high clearance geometry stays where LM UTV set it, while the uppers are adjustable — 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims — so rear alignment can be dialed in without pulling the lower arms. It is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, and this kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet high clearance radius rods for the 64\" Polaris RZR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt for the 10mm Bolt car — 2014-2016 RZR 1000, 2016 RZR Turbo, 2\/4 Seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent And Dragging Lower Rear Radius Rods On The 64\" Polaris RZR XP 1000\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower rods catching rocks and rutted-out lines.\u003c\/strong\u003e The factory lower sits low and takes the strike; raising it is the only fix that actually changes the outcome.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA bent rod that pulls rear toe.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the rod is tweaked the car wanders under power and the rear tires scrub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod ends that go notchy and sloppy.\u003c\/strong\u003e Play at the end loads the joint off-axis and the slop only gets worse from there.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower arms rotating in the mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright hold the arm in the plane it was built to work in.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment that means taking parts off the car.\u003c\/strong\u003e RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims on the uppers let rear toe be set with the rods in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLosing the rear bumper to get clearance.\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper, so the bumper stays on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 10mm Bolt 64\" Polaris RZR XP 1000 And XP Turbo Owners In Rocks And Ruts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2014-2016 RZR 1000 and 2016 RZR Turbo owners, 2 or 4 seat, running the 64-inch chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders in rocky, rutted or technical terrain where the lower rear rod is the exposed part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners rebuilding a rear end after bending or denting a factory lower rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants to keep the OEM rear bumper while gaining clearance under the lower arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your car uses 12mm Bolt hardware at the radius rods — 2017.5 and newer RZR 1000, 2017-2018 RZR Turbo — this is the wrong kit; the 12mm Bolt version is a separate part number and the two do not interchange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR Turbo S owners are on the 72-inch chassis and need the 72\" kit; Pro XP owners need the Pro XP kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Polaris RZR Rear Radius Rods (64in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: Billet high clearance radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 64\" wide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolt size: 10mm Bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeating: 2\/4 Seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit includes: 2 fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit includes: 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBumper: This kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2014, 2015 and 2016 Polaris RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP 4 1000, and the 2016 Polaris RZR XP Turbo and RZR XP 4 Turbo, in 2 seat and 4 seat form on the 64-inch chassis. LM UTV states the fitment as: Fits 2014-2016 RZR 1000, 2016 RZR Turbo. 2\/4 Seat. 10mm Bolt. Bolt size is the deciding factor here — this is the 10mm Bolt kit, and 2017.5 and newer 12mm Bolt cars take a different part number. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the lower rear radius rod bend first on a 2014-2016 Polaris RZR XP 1000?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt sits lower than anything else back there, so in rocks and ruts it is the part that makes contact. Once it deforms, the rear geometry it was holding moves with it. This kit answers that with Billet high clearance radius rods that lift the lower arm, built from 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy RZR wanders under power since a hard hit — can radius rods cause that?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A tweaked rear rod changes rear toe, and the car will hunt under throttle and scrub tires. Replacing the rods as a set restores the geometry, and the 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims let you set rear toe afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit my 2017.5 or newer Polaris RZR with 12mm Bolt hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the 10mm Bolt kit for 2014-2016 RZR 1000 and 2016 RZR Turbo. LM UTV builds a separate 12mm Bolt kit for the 2017.5 and newer cars, and the two are not interchangeable. Check the bolt at your radius rod mount before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat bearings and spacers does this kit use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lowers run 5\/8 spherical bearings and the uppers run RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims, all as 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings. Spacers are 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to cut or weld anything, and can I keep my OEM rear bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo cutting or welding — LM UTV lists this as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory mounting points. And yes, this kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper, so the bumper does not have to come off.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from the 72-inch Polaris RZR Turbo S kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent car and different width. This is the 64\" wide kit for the 10mm Bolt RZR 1000 and RZR Turbo. The Turbo S kit is built for the 72\" Polaris RZR Turbo S and is a separate part number — the arms are not shared between the two chassis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other, and the company's passion for off-roading has led it to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of its parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. That focus is why this kit's spec sheet names the bearing construction and the spacer material instead of leaving them vague.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your 64\" Polaris RZR Rear Radius Rod Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you order, verify one thing: pull a radius rod bolt and confirm it is 10mm, not 12mm — that single check decides between this kit and the 2017.5+ version. Then decide your finish, machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. Once the rods are on the car, the mounting side becomes the next thing worth looking at, along with a rear alignment to set toe through the adjustable uppers. Matching rear tie rods and a spare set of 5\/8 bearings are the sensible companion parts to have on the shelf before a trip rather than after one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does the lower rear radius rod bend first on a 2014-2016 Polaris RZR XP 1000?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It sits lower than anything else back there, so in rocks and ruts it is the part that makes contact. Once it deforms, the rear geometry it was holding moves with it. This kit answers that with Billet high clearance radius rods that lift the lower arm, built from 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My RZR wanders under power since a hard hit — can radius rods cause that?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. A tweaked rear rod changes rear toe, and the car will hunt under throttle and scrub tires. Replacing the rods as a set restores the geometry, and the 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims let you set rear toe afterward.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit my 2017.5 or newer Polaris RZR with 12mm Bolt hardware?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This is the 10mm Bolt kit for 2014-2016 RZR 1000 and 2016 RZR Turbo. LM UTV builds a separate 12mm Bolt kit for the 2017.5 and newer cars, and the two are not interchangeable. Check the bolt at your radius rod mount before ordering.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What bearings and spacers does this kit use?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The lowers run 5\/8 spherical bearings and the uppers run RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims, all as 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings. Spacers are 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to cut or weld anything, and can I keep my OEM rear bumper?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No cutting or welding — LM UTV lists this as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory mounting points. And yes, this kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper, so the bumper does not have to come off.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is this different from the 72-inch Polaris RZR Turbo S kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Different car and different width. This is the 64\\\" wide kit for the 10mm Bolt RZR 1000 and RZR Turbo. The Turbo S kit is built for the 72\\\" Polaris RZR Turbo S and is a separate part number — the arms are not shared between the two chassis.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318665969700,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01","price":574.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318666002468,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-BPC","price":614.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318666035236,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-PRPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318666068004,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-PBPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318666100772,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-GGPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318666133540,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-SGPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318666166308,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-LLPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318666199076,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-LSPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318666231844,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-ZBPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318666264612,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-OMPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Matte Military Tan","offer_id":51318666297380,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-01-MTPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/T59NZgmsSlScdUsE5cmrZA_15b33d77-6a20-4d37-89c5-08816c794d3f.jpg?v=1787954999"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-high-clearance-radius-rods-72","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 High Clearance Radius Rods 72\" (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf you keep catching the lower radius rod on rocks and rutted-out lines, the fix is geometry, not a stronger stock-shaped rod.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV six-piece high clearance kit raises the lower rods on the 72\" Can-Am Maverick X3 RS chassis and runs them on sealed, PTFE-lined 5\/8 spherical bearings, so the rod clears the obstacle instead of taking the hit and bending.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit uses two different bearing types by job: FKS spherical bearings rated at 40,000 static radial load where the load is highest, and JMX Teflon heims rated at 18,000 static radial load. The bearings are three-piece Chromoly with PTFE liners — not nylon injected — and carry O-ring seals to keep sand and dust out of the race, which is the failure mode that ends most rod ends in dune and desert use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix-piece high clearance rear radius rod kit for the 72\" chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet HD radius rods in 6061 aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRH\/LH 5\/8 bearings for on-car adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFKS spherical bearings rated at 40,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJMX Teflon heims rated at 18,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-piece Chromoly PTFE-lined 5\/8 bearings — not nylon injected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eO-ring seals on bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 stainless steel spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eF1 fitment on all bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine finish, black powder coat, or powder coated to color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and manufactured in-house in the USA, lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Radius Rod Strikes And Bearing Contamination On The Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower rods dragging and denting on rocks and ruts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Raising the lower rod is the only real answer; a thicker straight rod still sits in the same place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod ends that get gritty and notchy after a few dusty rides.\u003c\/strong\u003e O-ring seals keep the race clean instead of letting sand grind it out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNylon-injected bearings going slack.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are three-piece Chromoly with a PTFE liner, a different construction entirely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBent factory rods pulling rear alignment.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit replaces all six rods so the rear geometry is set as a system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment that requires disassembly.\u003c\/strong\u003e RH\/LH ends let rear toe be set with the rods on the car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 72\" Can-Am Maverick X3 Riders In Rocks, Ruts And Dust\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e72\" RS chassis owners riding rocky, rutted or technical terrain where the lower rod is exposed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert and trail riders dealing with fine dust that kills unsealed rod ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who have already bent or dragged a factory lower rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders rebuilding a rear end and upgrading geometry at the same time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you ride mostly dunes and open desert at speed, the straight-rod 72\" kit is usually the better value — clearance under the rod is not your limiting factor there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e64\" chassis owners need the 64\" high clearance kit instead; the rods are not interchangeable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 6 radius rods (complete rear set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: high clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: 6061 aircraft grade aluminum, billet HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: 3-piece Chromoly PTFE-lined 5\/8, not nylon injected\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearing brands and ratings: FKS spherical bearings at 40,000 static radial load; JMX Teflon heims at 18,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearing fitment: F1 fitment on all bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealing: O-ring seals on bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: 17-4 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings, adjustable on the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 72\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machine finish, black powder coat, or powder coated to color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: designed and manufactured in-house in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: lifetime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-02-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 RS models on the 72\" chassis, including the four-seat X3 Max on the same width. This is the 72\" high clearance kit; it does not fit the 64\" chassis, and the straight-rod kit is a separate part number. Confirm your chassis width before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does high clearance actually change on a Can-Am Maverick X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt raises the lower radius rod so it sits higher relative to the obstacle. On rocks and in deep ruts that is the difference between clearing something and denting a rod. It does not change the mounting points — it is still a bolt-on replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit the 64\" X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the 72\" RS kit. LM UTV builds a separate 64\" high clearance kit for the DS chassis and the rods do not swap between widths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are there two different bearing ratings in the same kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit uses FKS spherical bearings rated at 40,000 static radial load and JMX Teflon heims rated at 18,000 static radial load — two bearing types selected for different positions rather than one part used everywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these bearings sealed against dust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV specifies O-ring seals on the bearings, and the bearings are three-piece Chromoly with PTFE liners rather than nylon injected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these compare to the 7075 straight rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe straight kit uses 1.25in 7075 rods with 3\/4 JMX heims and follows close to the factory line. This kit is 6061 billet HD with high clearance geometry and 5\/8 sealed bearings. Choose by terrain: straight for dunes and open desert speed, high clearance for rocks and ruts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to modify the chassis to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists the kit as a direct bolt-on replacement using the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV designs and manufactures in-house in the USA and backs its parts with a lifetime warranty. The company builds around specific OEM failure points on Can-Am and Polaris machines — radius rods, tie rods, ball joints and chassis reinforcement — rather than covering every category thinly. It is also why this kit's spec sheet names the bearing brands and their individual load ratings instead of calling them heavy duty and leaving it there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish Your Can-Am Maverick X3 High Clearance Rear End\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHigh clearance rods move the weak point somewhere else. Confirm you are on the 72\" chassis first, then look at what the rods bolt to: a rear radius rod plate or pull plate and a double-shear bulkhead keep the new rods in a mount that will not become the next failure. Radius rod spacers, spare 5\/8 bearings and a lower-rod rebuild kit are worth having before a trip rather than after one, and if you are refreshing the rear end completely, the matching 72\" tie rods and limit straps finish the job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does high clearance actually change on a Can-Am Maverick X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It raises the lower radius rod so it sits higher relative to the obstacle. On rocks and in deep ruts that is the difference between clearing something and denting a rod. It does not change the mounting points — it is still a bolt-on replacement.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit the 64\\\" X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This is the 72\\\" RS kit. LM UTV builds a separate 64\\\" high clearance kit for the DS chassis and the rods do not swap between widths.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why are there two different bearing ratings in the same kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The kit uses FKS spherical bearings rated at 40,000 static radial load and JMX Teflon heims rated at 18,000 static radial load — two bearing types selected for different positions rather than one part used everywhere.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are these bearings sealed against dust?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV specifies O-ring seals on the bearings, and the bearings are three-piece Chromoly with PTFE liners rather than nylon injected.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do these compare to the 7075 straight rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The straight kit uses 1.25in 7075 rods with 3\/4 JMX heims and follows close to the factory line. This kit is 6061 billet HD with high clearance geometry and 5\/8 sealed bearings. Choose by terrain: straight for dunes and open desert speed, high clearance for rocks and ruts.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to modify the chassis to install these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists the kit as a direct bolt-on replacement using the factory mounting points.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318666330148,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-02","price":932.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318666362916,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-02-BPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318666395684,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-02-MGPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318666428452,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-02-OCPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318666461220,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-02-OBPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318666493988,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-02-MRPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2021 Desert Tan","offer_id":51318666526756,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-02-DTPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2022 Intense Blue","offer_id":51318666559524,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-02-IBPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318666592292,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-02-SBYPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/D95F5A63-7995-497D-B6DC-AA964CD41DBD.jpg?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-rear-hub-bolt-kit","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Rear Hub Bolt Kit (2017-2021)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the LM UTV high strength rear hub bolt kit for the 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treated, with the correct shoulder and thread length for 2017-2021 Can-Am X3s. The kit includes 6 bolts, washers and nuts, carries a laser etched logo, and is made in the USA. LM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models within that year range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHub hardware sees every landing the rear end takes, and a bolt that has stretched lets the joint move even when everything else is torqued.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear hub bolt kit for the Can-Am Maverick X3, 2017-2021\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect shoulder and thread length for 2017-2021 Can-Am X3s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 6 bolts, washers and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits all X3 models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser etched logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Stretched And Galled Rear Hub Hardware On The Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHub bolts that stretch under repeated hard landings.\u003c\/strong\u003e A yielded bolt lets the joint move even though the nut still comes up to torque.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGalled threads at teardown.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hub hardware that has been in the car for years is what seizes when you finally pull it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSheared hardware at the hub.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a fastener you do not want to discover has failed while you are moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuessing at shoulder length.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are cut to the correct shoulder and thread length for 2017-2021 Can-Am X3s rather than sourced generically.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners Servicing The Rear Hubs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eX3, X3 64, X3 72 and X3 Max owners pulling the rear hubs for a bearing job\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders rebuilding a high-hour desert or dune car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who found a stretched or galled hub bolt and want the matched set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who replaces hub hardware on a schedule rather than after it lets go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your X3 is a 2022 or newer car, or you need trailing arm or tie rod hardware, this is the wrong kit — see the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bolt-kits\"\u003ebolt kits collection\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 6 bolts, washers and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreatment: heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: correct shoulder and thread length for 2017-2021 Can-Am X3s\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition: rear hub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarking: laser etched logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-BLT-02-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3 models, including the X3 64, X3 72 and the four-seat X3 Max. LM UTV specifies the correct shoulder and thread length for 2017-2021 Can-Am X3s and lists the kit as fitting all X3 models in that range. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich machines does this kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 models from 2017 through 2021, including the 64\" and 72\" cars and the X3 Max.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit a 2022 or newer X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV specifies the correct shoulder and thread length for 2017-2021 Can-Am X3s, so this kit is listed for that year range only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 6 bolts, washers and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the bolts made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this front or rear hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRear. This part number is the rear hub bolt kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA, with a laser etched logo on the hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV makes this kit in the USA from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treats it, and specifies shoulder and thread length to a chassis and year range rather than selling bolts by diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Rear Hub Bolt Kit For Your 2017-2021 Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm your X3 is a 2017-2021 car, then replace the hub hardware while the rear end is apart. New heat treated stainless is cheap next to the time it takes to extract a galled bolt later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which machines does this kit fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Can-Am Maverick X3 models from 2017 through 2021, including the 64\\\" and 72\\\" cars and the X3 Max.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it fit a 2022 or newer X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV specifies the correct shoulder and thread length for 2017-2021 Can-Am X3s, so this kit is listed for that year range only.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is in the kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 6 bolts, washers and nuts.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the bolts made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this front or rear hardware?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Rear. This part number is the rear hub bolt kit.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is it made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Made in the USA, with a laser etched logo on the hardware.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51318666625060,"sku":"LMU-BLT-02-01","price":174.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LM-UTVHighStrengthX3Bolts1.jpg?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-rear-sway-bar-links","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Rear Sway Bar Links (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe stock rear sway bar links are one of the weak points on the Can-Am Maverick X3.\u003c\/strong\u003e These LM UTV rear sway bar end links are the upgrade, constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum, Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings, and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers. The set includes 2 links and all hardware, it is a direct bolt-on, and it carries a lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe spherical bearing is the part that matters here: it lets the link articulate cleanly through rear suspension travel instead of relying on a bushing that goes slack, and the stainless misalignment spacers hold that bearing square in the mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed rear sway bar links for the Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed from Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links and all hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits ALL Models of the can-am X3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and made in the USA, Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Worn And Broken Rear Sway Bar Links On The Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStock rear links that give up.\u003c\/strong\u003e LM UTV builds these as the fixed replacement for a known Can-Am X3 weak point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClunking from the back of the machine over chop and whoops.\u003c\/strong\u003e Play in a worn link is the usual source, and it gets worse as the slack grows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSloppy body control in corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slack at the link means the rear bar starts working late rather than the moment the chassis rolls.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA snapped link leaving the bar flopping.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once one end lets go the rear bar contributes nothing and the loose end is free to bang around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBushings that wear out on their own schedule.\u003c\/strong\u003e These run Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings held square by 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacing the same OEM part repeatedly.\u003c\/strong\u003e Billet 6061 aluminum construction and a lifetime warranty are meant to end that cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners Replacing Rear Sway Bar Links\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaverick X3 owners who have broken, bent or worn out a stock rear link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e64\", 72\", and Maverick X3 Max owners alike, since LM UTV lists these as fitting all models of the Can-Am X3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders chasing a rear clunk before it turns into a trailside failure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who want the rear bar loaded through a spherical bearing rather than a bushing that goes slack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone rebuilding a Maverick X3 rear end and replacing wear parts in pairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need front links, this is not the part; the Can-Am Maverick X3 front sway bar links are a separate part number and are offered in 10mm and 12mm bolt sizes by year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Can-Am Maverick X3 Fixed Rear Sway Bar Links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links and all hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits ALL Models of the can-am X3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: designed and made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-SBL-02-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all models of the Can-Am Maverick X3, including 64\" and 72\" chassis and the four-seat Maverick X3 Max. These are the rear sway bar links, listed by LM UTV as fitting all models of the Can-Am X3. The front links are a separate part number. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are these rear links made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum, with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 2 links and all hardware, which is one complete pair for the rear sway bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these fit a 72\" X3 or a Maverick X3 Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV lists these as fitting all models of the Can-Am X3, which covers the 64\" and 72\" chassis and the four-seat Maverick X3 Max.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does a spherical bearing matter on a sway bar link?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe link has to articulate as the rear suspension cycles. A Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearing carries that movement in a bearing designed for it, and the 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers keep it aligned in the mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to cut or modify anything to install them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists these as a direct bolt-on, so they install at the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if one of these fails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are covered by LM UTV's Lifetime Warranty, and they are designed and made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV parts that solve broken or malfunctioning OEM components while looking the part. Everything is designed and made in the USA and carries a lifetime warranty. The company builds for both Polaris and Can-Am, including tie rods, radius rods and ball joints, which is why a part as small as a rear sway bar link ends up in billet aluminum on spherical bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish The Rear End On Your Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pair bolts in at the factory mounting points with all the hardware included, and the rear bar goes back to controlling body roll instead of rattling. If you are working the whole machine over, the front sway bar links are a separate part number in 10mm and 12mm bolt sizes by year, and the tie rods, radius rods and ball joints are the other OEM wear points worth handling while the Maverick X3 is already apart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are these rear links made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum, with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is in the set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 2 links and all hardware, which is one complete pair for the rear sway bar.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do these fit a 72\\\" X3 or a Maverick X3 Max?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV lists these as fitting all models of the Can-Am X3, which covers the 64\\\" and 72\\\" chassis and the four-seat Maverick X3 Max.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does a spherical bearing matter on a sway bar link?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The link has to articulate as the rear suspension cycles. A Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearing carries that movement in a bearing designed for it, and the 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers keep it aligned in the mount.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to cut or modify anything to install them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists these as a direct bolt-on, so they install at the factory mounting points.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What happens if one of these fails?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are covered by LM UTV's Lifetime Warranty, and they are designed and made in the USA.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine finish","offer_id":51318666985508,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-03","price":144.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318667018276,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-03-BPC","price":154.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318667051044,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-03-MGPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318667083812,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-03-SBYPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318667116580,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-03-OCPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318667149348,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-03-OBPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318667182116,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-03-MRPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318667214884,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-03-DTPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318667247652,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-03-IBPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/fullsizeoutput_352.jpg?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-sway-bar-links","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Sway Bar Links (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBefore you order, check your year: 2018 and older Can-Am Maverick X3 machines take the 10mm bolt links, and 2019 and newer take the 12mm bolt links.\u003c\/strong\u003e Can-Am changed the sway bar link bolt size between those years, so this listing carries both as separate variants. Pick the wrong one and the hardware will not go together. Pick the right one and it is a direct bolt-on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the weak points in the Can-Am X3 is the stock front sway bar links. These LM UTV front sway bar end links replace them, constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum, Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers, and the set includes 2 links and all hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed front sway bar links for the Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in both bolt sizes: 10mm for 2018 and older, 12mm for 2019 and newer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed from Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links and all hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits ALL Models of the can am X3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and made in the USA, Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Broken Front Sway Bar Links On The Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStock front links that fail.\u003c\/strong\u003e LM UTV calls the stock front sway bar links one of the weak points in the Can-Am X3, and builds these as the replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClunking from the front end over chop.\u003c\/strong\u003e Play in a worn link is the usual source, and it gets louder as the slack grows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody control that goes lazy in corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slack in the links means the front bar starts working late instead of immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA snapped link leaving the bar flopping.\u003c\/strong\u003e With one end disconnected the front bar does nothing at all, and the loose end is free to bang around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBearings and spacers that wear out on their own.\u003c\/strong\u003e These use Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers rather than a rubber-bushed OEM-style link.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrdering the wrong hardware for your year.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 10mm and 12mm bolt sizes are listed separately here so you can match your machine instead of guessing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners Who Know Their Bolt Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2018 and older Maverick X3 owners, who need the 10mm bolt variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2019 and newer Maverick X3 owners, who need the 12mm bolt variant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e64\", 72\", and Max chassis owners alike, since LM UTV lists these as fitting all models of the Can-Am X3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who have already broken a stock front link and want a billet replacement on spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners refreshing a front end who want the links, bearings and spacers handled in one part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are replacing rear links, this is not the part; the Can-Am Maverick X3 rear sway bar links are a separate part number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are not certain which bolt size your machine uses, measure the stock link bolt before ordering rather than guessing by trim level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Can-Am Maverick X3 Fixed Front Sway Bar Links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolt size variants: 2018 (10mm bolts) and 2019+ (12mm bolts)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links and all hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits ALL Models of the can am X3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: designed and made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-SBL-02-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all models of the Can-Am Maverick X3, including 64\" and 72\" chassis and the four-seat Maverick X3 Max. Bolt size is the one thing you must get right: 2018 and older machines use the 10mm bolt links, and 2019 and newer machines use the 12mm bolt links. Choose the matching variant at checkout. These are the front links; the rear links are a separate part number. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need the 10mm or the 12mm links for my Can-Am Maverick X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGo by year. 2018 and older Maverick X3 machines take the 10mm bolt links, and 2019 and newer take the 12mm bolt links. Both sizes are listed here as separate variants, so select the one matching your year at checkout. If you are unsure, measure the bolt on your existing link before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are these made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum, with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these fit a 72\" X3 or a Maverick X3 Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV lists these as fitting all models of the Can-Am X3, which covers the 64\" and 72\" chassis and the four-seat Maverick X3 Max. Bolt size, not chassis width, is what changes between machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 2 links and all hardware, which is one complete pair for the front sway bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to modify anything to install them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists these as a direct bolt-on, so as long as you have the correct bolt size for your year they go in at the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these the front or the rear links?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are the front sway bar links. LM UTV builds the Can-Am Maverick X3 rear sway bar links as a separate part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV parts that fix broken or malfunctioning OEM components rather than repackaging them. Every part is designed and made in the USA and comes with a lifetime warranty. The company builds for both Polaris and Can-Am, including tie rods, radius rods and ball joints, and it is the reason a small part like a sway bar link gets billet aluminum, spherical bearings and stainless spacers instead of a rubber bushing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Right Bolt Size For Your Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm your year first: 10mm for 2018 and older, 12mm for 2019 and newer. With the correct variant selected, the pair bolts in at the factory mounting points with all the hardware included. If the front end is already apart, the matching rear sway bar links, tie rods, radius rods and ball joints are the other OEM wear points worth handling in the same session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need the 10mm or the 12mm links for my Can-Am Maverick X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Go by year. 2018 and older Maverick X3 machines take the 10mm bolt links, and 2019 and newer take the 12mm bolt links. Both sizes are listed here as separate variants, so select the one matching your year at checkout. If you are unsure, measure the bolt on your existing link before you order.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are these made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum, with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do these fit a 72\\\" X3 or a Maverick X3 Max?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV lists these as fitting all models of the Can-Am X3, which covers the 64\\\" and 72\\\" chassis and the four-seat Maverick X3 Max. Bolt size, not chassis width, is what changes between machines.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What comes in the set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 2 links and all hardware, which is one complete pair for the front sway bar.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to modify anything to install them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists these as a direct bolt-on, so as long as you have the correct bolt size for your year they go in at the factory mounting points.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are these the front or the rear links?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These are the front sway bar links. LM UTV builds the Can-Am Maverick X3 rear sway bar links as a separate part number.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"2018 (10mm bolts) \/ Machine finish","offer_id":51318668230692,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-01","price":144.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2018 (10mm bolts) \/ Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318668263460,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-01-BPC","price":154.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2018 (10mm bolts) \/ Manta Green","offer_id":51318668296228,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-01-MGPC","price":144.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2018 (10mm bolts) \/ Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318668328996,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-01-SBYPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2018 (10mm bolts) \/ Orange Crush","offer_id":51318668361764,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-01-OCPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2018 (10mm bolts) \/ Octane Blue","offer_id":51318668394532,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-01-OBPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2018 (10mm bolts) \/ Magma Red","offer_id":51318668427300,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-01-MRPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2018 (10mm bolts) \/ Desert Tan","offer_id":51318668460068,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-01-DTPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2018 (10mm bolts) \/ Intense Blue","offer_id":51318668492836,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-01-IBPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ (12mm bolts) \/ Machine finish","offer_id":51318668525604,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-02","price":144.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ (12mm bolts) \/ Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318668558372,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-02-BPC","price":154.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ (12mm bolts) \/ Manta Green","offer_id":51318668591140,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-02-MGPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ (12mm bolts) \/ Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318668623908,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-02-SBYPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ (12mm bolts) \/ Orange Crush","offer_id":51318668656676,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-02-OCPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ (12mm bolts) \/ Octane Blue","offer_id":51318668689444,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-02-OBPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ (12mm bolts) \/ Magma Red","offer_id":51318668722212,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-02-MRPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ (12mm bolts) \/ Desert Tan","offer_id":51318668754980,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-02-DTPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2019+ (12mm bolts) \/ Intense Blue","offer_id":51318668787748,"sku":"LMU-SBL-02-02-IBPC","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LM-utv_canamx3_SBL.png?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-radius-rods-12mm-bolt","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Radius Rods 12mm Bolt (2017.5+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2017.5 and newer Polaris RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP Turbo owners run the 12mm Bolt rear radius rods, and the factory arms flex and bend before anything else back there does.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV 64-inch kit replaces them with Billet high clearance radius rods in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum, lifting the lower arms clear of rocks and ruts and running F1 Fitment on all bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe lower arms are fixed length so the high clearance geometry holds, and the uppers are adjustable, which is what lets rear toe be set with the arms still bolted to the car. LM UTV lists it as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, and this kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet high clearance radius rods for the 64\" Polaris RZR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt for the 12mm Bolt car — 2017 .5+ RZR 1000, 2017-2018 RZR Turbo, 2\/4 Seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eF1 Fitment on all bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Flexing And Low-Hanging Rear Radius Rods On The 2017.5+ 12mm Bolt Polaris RZR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower arms hanging in the strike zone.\u003c\/strong\u003e The factory lower is the first thing to meet a rock or the edge of a rut, and high clearance geometry moves it up out of the way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRods that flex under load and stay bent after.\u003c\/strong\u003e A deformed arm holds the wrong rear geometry from that point on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear toe that walks after an impact.\u003c\/strong\u003e The car hunts under throttle and eats the inside edge of the rear tires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSloppy, loose-feeling rod ends.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings run F1 Fitment on all bearings rather than a loose press.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower arms twisting in the mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright hold the arm square.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGiving up the rear bumper for clearance.\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 12mm Bolt Polaris RZR XP 1000 And XP Turbo Owners On The 64\" Chassis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2017.5 and newer RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP 4 1000 owners on the 64-inch chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2017-2018 RZR XP Turbo and RZR XP 4 Turbo owners, 2 or 4 seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders in rocks, ruts and technical terrain who keep catching the lower rear arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners replacing a bent factory rod who want to upgrade the geometry at the same time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your car takes 10mm Bolt hardware at the radius rod mount — 2014-2016 RZR 1000 and 2016 RZR Turbo — order the 10mm Bolt kit instead; these two part numbers do not cross over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR Turbo S owners are on the 72-inch chassis, and Pro XP owners need the Pro XP kit; neither is served by this 64\" part number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Polaris RZR Radius Rods \/ 2017.5+ (12mm Bolts)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: Billet high clearance radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 64\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolt size: 12mm Bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeating: 2\/4 Seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit includes: 2 Fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit includes: 2 Adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearing fitment: F1 Fitment on all bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBumper: This kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-01-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017.5 and newer Polaris RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP 4 1000 through the current model year, and 2017-2018 Polaris RZR XP Turbo and RZR XP 4 Turbo, in 2 seat and 4 seat form on the 64-inch chassis. LM UTV states the fitment as: Fits 2017 .5+ RZR 1000, 2017-2018 RZR Turbo. 2\/4 Seat. 12mm Bolt. The split is by bolt size, not just by year — 2017 is a transition year, so confirm you have 12mm Bolt hardware at the radius rod mount before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do the factory rear radius rods flex on a 2017.5+ Polaris RZR XP 1000?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stock arm is the soft point in the rear suspension, so it absorbs deflection that the rest of the car will not. Once it takes a set, it holds the wrong rear geometry permanently. This kit replaces the arms with Billet high clearance radius rods in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy rear rod ends have gone loose and clunky — does this kit address that?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit runs 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings with F1 Fitment on all bearings, and 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright, so the joint is held to a specified fit rather than a loose one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know whether my Polaris RZR is a 10mm or 12mm Bolt car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at the bolt through the radius rod mount. 2014-2016 RZR 1000 and 2016 RZR Turbo use 10mm hardware and take the other LM UTV kit. This part number is for 2017 .5+ RZR 1000 and 2017-2018 RZR Turbo, which use 12mm Bolt hardware. 2017 is the transition year, so measure rather than assume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly comes in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKit includes 2 Fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8 spherical bearings and 2 Adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims, using 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum. Finish is available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any fabrication needed to install these, and does the rear bumper stay?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo fabrication. LM UTV lists it as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory mounting points, and this kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper. Plan on a rear alignment afterward, since the upper rods are adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to the Polaris RZR Pro XP radius rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pro XP kit is a different car and a bigger joint — it uses 3\/4 spherical bearings and 3\/4 Rod Ends rather than the 5\/8 bearings and 5\/8 Heims here. This 64\" kit is for the 12mm Bolt RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP Turbo; a Pro XP needs its own part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV designs and manufactures its parts in-house, in the USA, and backs them with a Lifetime warranty. The company builds around specific OEM failure points on Polaris and Can-Am machines — radius rods, tie rods and ball joints — rather than covering every category thinly. It is also why this kit's spec sheet names the bearing construction, the bearing fitment and the spacer alloy instead of leaving them to the imagination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish Your 12mm Bolt Polaris RZR Rear Radius Rod Setup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify the bolt size at the radius rod mount first — 12mm for this kit, 10mm for the 2014-2016 version — and pick your finish, machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. After the arms are on, book a rear alignment so the adjustable uppers actually get set, and look at what the arms bolt into, since the mount is where load goes next. Matching rear tie rods and spare 5\/8 bearings are the companion parts worth having on hand before your next trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why do the factory rear radius rods flex on a 2017.5+ Polaris RZR XP 1000?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The stock arm is the soft point in the rear suspension, so it absorbs deflection that the rest of the car will not. Once it takes a set, it holds the wrong rear geometry permanently. This kit replaces the arms with Billet high clearance radius rods in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My rear rod ends have gone loose and clunky — does this kit address that?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The kit runs 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings with F1 Fitment on all bearings, and 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright, so the joint is held to a specified fit rather than a loose one.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know whether my Polaris RZR is a 10mm or 12mm Bolt car?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Look at the bolt through the radius rod mount. 2014-2016 RZR 1000 and 2016 RZR Turbo use 10mm hardware and take the other LM UTV kit. This part number is for 2017 .5+ RZR 1000 and 2017-2018 RZR Turbo, which use 12mm Bolt hardware. 2017 is the transition year, so measure rather than assume.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What exactly comes in the kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Kit includes 2 Fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8 spherical bearings and 2 Adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims, using 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum. Finish is available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is any fabrication needed to install these, and does the rear bumper stay?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No fabrication. LM UTV lists it as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory mounting points, and this kit does fit with the OEM rear bumper. Plan on a rear alignment afterward, since the upper rods are adjustable.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does this compare to the Polaris RZR Pro XP radius rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The Pro XP kit is a different car and a bigger joint — it uses 3\/4 spherical bearings and 3\/4 Rod Ends rather than the 5\/8 bearings and 5\/8 Heims here. This 64\\\" kit is for the 12mm Bolt RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP Turbo; a Pro XP needs its own part number.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318667280420,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02","price":574.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318667313188,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-BPC","price":614.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318667345956,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-PRPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318667378724,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-PBPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318667411492,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-GGPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318667444260,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-SGPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318667477028,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-LLPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318667509796,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-LSPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318667542564,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-ZBPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318667575332,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-OMPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Matte Military Tan","offer_id":51318667608100,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-02-MTPC","price":634.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/T59NZgmsSlScdUsE5cmrZA_94ff0ee5-2fc7-4d04-8417-dc7ebf23fb38.jpg?v=1787954999"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-tie-rods-72-heim","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Tie Rods 72\" Heim (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteering slop on a Can-Am Maverick X3 is not a comfort problem, it is a warning that something in the linkage is moving that should not be.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV kit is a complete steering upgrade for the 72\" RS chassis: a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod, 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints and a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, so the inner end, the rod and the outer joint are all replaced together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHardware is not an afterthought on this kit either — it ships with Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers, and it is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory mounting points. Finish is your call between machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat, and LM UTV notes that Custom lengths available by request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete steering upgrade for the Can-Am Maverick X3 RS on the 72\" chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent Tie Rods And Steering Play On The 72\" Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA tie rod that bends before anything else does.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rod is 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rather than the factory tube, so the part taking the load is built for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlay at the inner end that you feel in the wheel.\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit does not leave the inner joint alone — it replaces it with a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOuter ends that go notchy and vague after dusty miles.\u003c\/strong\u003e The outers are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, a jointed rod end rather than a sealed-for-life factory ball.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware that rusts, galls or stretches at the pinch points.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers carry the clamp load instead of plated steel that has already seen a season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToe that will not stay where you set it.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rebuilding the whole steering link at once means alignment is set on new parts, not measured through worn ones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 RS Owners On The 72\" Chassis Rebuilding Steering Completely\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e72\" RS chassis owners who want the entire steering link replaced in one go, inner end included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who have already bent a factory tie rod and do not want a repeat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert, dune and rough trail use where the outer end takes constant load and grit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders who want the finish to match the car — machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners running a non-standard steering setup or custom width who need the Custom lengths available by request option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you would rather keep your existing OEM inner joint and only upgrade the outer end, this is not your kit — LM UTV sells a Can-Am Maverick X3 OEM Inner tie rod kit under its own part number for exactly that\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: CAN-AM MAVERICK X3 Steering Tie Rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints; 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner end: Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie rod material: 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and spacers: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 72\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLengths: Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-02-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 RS models on the 72\" chassis, including the four-seat Maverick X3 Max on that same width. This is the heim-end kit that includes its own Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis; the version that reuses the OEM inner joint is a separate part number. Confirm your chassis width and RS trim before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do factory tie rods bend on a Can-Am Maverick X3 in the first place?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tie rod is the thinnest structural link between the rack and the knuckle, so a hard hit on a wheel loads it directly. This kit answers that with a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints instead of a factory-shaped tube and sealed ball end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this kit change about the inner end?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt replaces it. The kit includes a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, so the inner joint is a new serviceable part rather than the original one carried over. That is the main structural difference between this kit and the OEM inner version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit the four-seat Maverick X3 Max?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is listed for the 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 RS on the 72\" chassis, which includes the Max on that same width. Check your chassis width and trim against the listing before ordering, and ask us if you are unsure which one you have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the heim joints actually made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints. Three-piece Chromoly construction with a PTFE liner is a different build from a nylon-injected rod end, and the hardware and spacers around them are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to cut or drill anything to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it goes on using the factory mounting points. Plan to set toe once the new rods are in, since you are replacing the full steering link.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from the Can-Am Maverick X3 OEM Inner tie rod kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit replaces the inner joint with a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis. The OEM Inner kit keeps your existing factory inner joint and upgrades the outer end to a heim. Choose this one for a complete steering rebuild, the other if your inner joint is healthy and you only want the outer upgraded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV products aimed at broken or malfunctioning OEM parts, and everything is Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA with a Lifetime warranty behind it. The catalog covers tie rods, radius rods and ball joints across Polaris and Can-Am models, with more makes and models added frequently — and because the parts are made in-house, Custom lengths available by request is a real option rather than a line on a page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Can-Am Maverick X3 Steering Tie Rod Rebuild\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick the finish before you order, since machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat is set at build time, and confirm you are on the 72\" RS chassis. When the rods come off, look at what they bolted to — the knuckle, the rack end and the hardware took the same hits the old rods did, and new tie rods only help if the mounts behind them are straight. Set toe before the first real ride, then recheck it after a shakedown run rather than at the end of the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why do factory tie rods bend on a Can-Am Maverick X3 in the first place?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The tie rod is the thinnest structural link between the rack and the knuckle, so a hard hit on a wheel loads it directly. This kit answers that with a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints instead of a factory-shaped tube and sealed ball end.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does this kit change about the inner end?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It replaces it. The kit includes a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, so the inner joint is a new serviceable part rather than the original one carried over. That is the main structural difference between this kit and the OEM inner version.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this fit the four-seat Maverick X3 Max?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is listed for the 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 RS on the 72\\\" chassis, which includes the Max on that same width. Check your chassis width and trim against the listing before ordering, and ask us if you are unsure which one you have.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the heim joints actually made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints. Three-piece Chromoly construction with a PTFE liner is a different build from a nylon-injected rod end, and the hardware and spacers around them are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to cut or drill anything to install these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it goes on using the factory mounting points. Plan to set toe once the new rods are in, since you are replacing the full steering link.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is this different from the Can-Am Maverick X3 OEM Inner tie rod kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This kit replaces the inner joint with a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis. The OEM Inner kit keeps your existing factory inner joint and upgrades the outer end to a heim. Choose this one for a complete steering rebuild, the other if your inner joint is healthy and you only want the outer upgraded.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318667640868,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-02","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318667673636,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-02-BPC","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318667706404,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-02-MGPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318667739172,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-02-OBPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318667771940,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-02-OCPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318667804708,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-02-MRPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318667837476,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-02-DTPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318667870244,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-02-SBYPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318667903012,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-02-IBPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/new_1024x1024_2x_3e304e12-684e-4d2a-9c78-0bef2a7fd023.jpg?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-turbo-s-high-clearance-radius-rods-72","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Turbo S High Clearance Radius Rods 72\" (2018+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Polaris RZR Turbo S carries more travel and more speed than the 64-inch cars, and the factory lower rear radius rod still hangs down where the rocks are.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV 72-inch kit is a set of Billet high clearance radius rods in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum that raises the lower arms out of the strike zone and puts the rear geometry on 5\/8 spherical bearings instead of stock rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe lowers are fixed length so the high clearance geometry stays put, and the uppers are adjustable, which is how rear toe gets set with the arms on the car. LM UTV lists it as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, but read the bumper note before you order: this kit does not fit with an OEM rear bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S (72″) Billet high clearance radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 2018+ RZR Turbo S 2\/4 Seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis kit does not fit with an OEM rear bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Rock Strikes And Bent Lower Rear Rods On The 72\" Polaris RZR Turbo S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower arms dragging on rocks and rut edges.\u003c\/strong\u003e On a wide, fast car the lower rear rod is still the lowest thing back there, and high clearance geometry is what moves it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA dented or bent factory rod that will not come out straight.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the arm deforms it holds the wrong rear geometry from then on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear toe drifting after an impact.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Turbo S will hunt under power and chew the inside edge of the rear tires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower arms rolling out of plane in the mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright hold the arm square to its intended plane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment work that means pulling arms off the car.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims let toe be set in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S Owners Riding Rocks, Ruts And Technical Lines\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2018 and newer Polaris RZR Turbo S owners, 2 seat or 4 seat, on the 72-inch chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders in rocky and rutted terrain where the lower rear arm is the exposed part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners rebuilding a rear end after bending or denting a factory lower rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders already running an aftermarket rear bumper, or willing to run without the factory one — this kit does not fit with an OEM rear bumper, so if keeping the stock bumper is non-negotiable, this is not your kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e64-inch car owners — RZR XP 1000, RZR XP Turbo, Pro XP — are on a narrower chassis and need their own part number; the 72\" Turbo S arms do not cross over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Polaris RZR Radius Rods (72in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: Billet high clearance radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 72″\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: 2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeating: 2\/4 Seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit includes: 2 fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit includes: 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBumper: This kit does not fit with an OEM rear bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-01-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2018 and newer Polaris RZR Turbo S models through the current model year, in both 2 seat and 4 seat form, on the 72-inch chassis. LM UTV states the fitment as: 2018+ Polaris RZR Turbo S (72″) Billet high clearance radius rods, Fits 2018+ RZR Turbo S 2\/4 Seat. This is the Turbo S 72-inch part number only — RZR XP 1000, RZR XP Turbo and Pro XP cars are on the 64-inch chassis and take separate kits. Note as well that this kit does not fit with an OEM rear bumper. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the lower rear radius rod take the damage on a Polaris RZR Turbo S?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the lowest-hanging piece of the rear suspension, so in rocks and deep ruts it makes contact before anything else. When it bends, the rear geometry it was locating bends with it. Raising the lower arm is what this kit changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy Turbo S wanders under throttle since a hard landing — is that the radius rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt often is. A tweaked rear rod shifts rear toe, which shows up as the car hunting under power and scrubbing the rear tires. Replacing the arms as a set resets the geometry, and the 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims let you dial toe back in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this 72-inch kit fit a Polaris RZR XP 1000 or Pro XP?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This part number is for 2018+ RZR Turbo S 2\/4 Seat on the 72″ chassis. RZR XP 1000, RZR XP Turbo and Pro XP cars are 64-inch machines and take their own LM UTV kits. The arms are not interchangeable across widths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the arms and bearings made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arms are 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum billet. The joints are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings — 5\/8 spherical bearings in the fixed lowers and RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims in the adjustable uppers — with 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to modify anything to install these, and what happens to my rear bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit itself is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory mounting points, so no cutting or welding is required for the arms. The bumper is the catch: this kit does not fit with an OEM rear bumper, so plan on removing the factory bumper or running an aftermarket one. Set rear alignment once the arms are in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to the 64-inch 12mm Bolt Polaris RZR kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame idea, different car. Both are Billet high clearance radius rods with 5\/8 bearings in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum, but the 64\" kit is for 2017 .5+ RZR 1000 and 2017-2018 RZR Turbo, and it does fit with the OEM rear bumper. This one is cut for the 72″ Turbo S and does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other, and its passion for off-roading has led it to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of its parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. LM-UTV offers parts for both the Polaris and Can-Am's various models including tie rods, radius rods and ball joints, with more makes, models and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your 72\" Polaris RZR Turbo S High Clearance Rear End\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo things to settle before you order: confirm you are on a 2018 or newer Turbo S rather than a 64-inch car, and decide how you are handling the rear bumper, because this kit does not fit with an OEM rear bumper. Then pick a finish, machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat. After install, get a rear alignment so the adjustable uppers are actually set, and look at the mounts the arms bolt into — that is where load moves next. Matching Turbo S tie rods and spare 5\/8 bearings are the companion parts worth having before a trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does the lower rear radius rod take the damage on a Polaris RZR Turbo S?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the lowest-hanging piece of the rear suspension, so in rocks and deep ruts it makes contact before anything else. When it bends, the rear geometry it was locating bends with it. Raising the lower arm is what this kit changes.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My Turbo S wanders under throttle since a hard landing — is that the radius rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It often is. A tweaked rear rod shifts rear toe, which shows up as the car hunting under power and scrubbing the rear tires. Replacing the arms as a set resets the geometry, and the 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims let you dial toe back in.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this 72-inch kit fit a Polaris RZR XP 1000 or Pro XP?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This part number is for 2018+ RZR Turbo S 2\/4 Seat on the 72″ chassis. RZR XP 1000, RZR XP Turbo and Pro XP cars are 64-inch machines and take their own LM UTV kits. The arms are not interchangeable across widths.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the arms and bearings made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The arms are 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum billet. The joints are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings — 5\/8 spherical bearings in the fixed lowers and RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims in the adjustable uppers — with 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to modify anything to install these, and what happens to my rear bumper?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The kit itself is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory mounting points, so no cutting or welding is required for the arms. The bumper is the catch: this kit does not fit with an OEM rear bumper, so plan on removing the factory bumper or running an aftermarket one. Set rear alignment once the arms are in.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does this compare to the 64-inch 12mm Bolt Polaris RZR kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same idea, different car. Both are Billet high clearance radius rods with 5\/8 bearings in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum, but the 64\\\" kit is for 2017 .5+ RZR 1000 and 2017-2018 RZR Turbo, and it does fit with the OEM rear bumper. This one is cut for the 72″ Turbo S and does not.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318668820516,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318668853284,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-BPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318668886052,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-PRPC","price":664.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318668918820,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-PBPC","price":664.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318668951588,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-GGPC","price":664.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318668984356,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-SGPC","price":664.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318669017124,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-LLPC","price":664.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318669049892,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-LSPC","price":664.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318669082660,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-ZBPC","price":664.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318669115428,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-OMPC","price":664.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Matte Military Tan","offer_id":51318669148196,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-03-MTPC","price":664.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/Template.jpg?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-high-clearance-radius-rods-64","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 High Clearance Radius Rods 64\" (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn the 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 DS, the lower radius rod is the part that finds every rock and rut before the rest of the machine does.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV six-piece high clearance kit lifts the lower rods out of that path and runs the whole set on three-piece Chromoly, PTFE-lined 5\/8 spherical bearings with O-rings, so the rods clear obstacles instead of collecting damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAll six rods are replaced as a set with RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings, so rear alignment can be adjusted on the car. Billet HD rods are machined from 6061 aircraft grade aluminum and spaced with 17-4 stainless steel, and the whole kit bolts to the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix-piece high clearance rear radius rod kit for the 64\" DS chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBillet HD radius rods in 6061 aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRH\/LH 5\/8 bearings for on-car adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-piece Chromoly PTFE-lined 5\/8 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eO-rings on all spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 stainless steel spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on replacement — no cutting, no welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine finish, black powder coat, or powder coated to color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and manufactured in-house in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Lower Radius Rod Strikes On The 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 DS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower rods hitting rocks and rut edges.\u003c\/strong\u003e High clearance geometry raises the rod out of the strike zone; a stronger straight rod still sits in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDented and bent rods pulling rear alignment.\u003c\/strong\u003e A tweaked rod moves rear toe and the machine stops tracking straight under power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod ends going gritty in dust.\u003c\/strong\u003e O-rings on the spherical bearings keep the race sealed instead of letting grit into it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment work that means pulling rods off the car.\u003c\/strong\u003e RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings let you set toe in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacing rods one at a time.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a complete six-rod set, so the rear geometry gets reset as a system rather than patched.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 DS Owners Riding Rocks And Ruts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e64\" DS chassis owners on technical, rocky or heavily rutted terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrail and desert riders in fine dust where unsealed rod ends do not last\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who have already bent or dragged a factory lower rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders rebuilding a rear end who want to fix geometry at the same time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you ride mostly dunes and open desert at speed, the 64\" straight-rod 7075 kit is usually the better fit — clearance under the rod is not the constraint there\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e72\" RS chassis owners need the 72\" kit; the two widths do not interchange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 6 radius rods (complete rear set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: high clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: 6061 aircraft grade aluminum, billet HD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: 3-piece Chromoly PTFE-lined 5\/8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealing: O-rings on all spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: 17-4 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings, adjustable on the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 64\" (DS)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machine finish, black powder coat, or powder coated to color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: designed and manufactured in-house in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: lifetime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-02-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 DS models on the 64\" chassis, including the four-seat X3 Max on the same width. This is the 64\" high clearance kit; it does not fit the 72\" RS chassis, and the straight-rod kit is a separate part number. Confirm your chassis width before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the right kit for the 64\" or the 72\" X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 64\" DS chassis. LM UTV builds a separate 72\" RS kit and the rods are not interchangeable between the two widths, so check your car before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does high clearance change compared to a straight radius rod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt raises the lower rod so it sits higher relative to rocks and rut edges. The mounting points do not change — it is still a direct bolt-on — but the rod is no longer the lowest thing back there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the bearings sealed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV specifies O-rings on all spherical bearings, and the bearings themselves are three-piece Chromoly with PTFE liners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I set rear toe without removing the rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit uses RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings, so rear alignment can be adjusted with the rods on the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this replace all of my rear radius rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a six-piece kit covering the complete rear rod set rather than a lowers-only or uppers-only kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to cut or weld anything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on replacement using the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV designs and manufactures in-house in the USA and backs its parts with a lifetime warranty. The company works on specific OEM failure points across Can-Am and Polaris machines — radius rods, tie rods, ball joints and chassis reinforcement — rather than spreading across every category, which is why the spec sheet names bearing construction and spacer alloy instead of stopping at heavy duty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 Rear Suspension Build\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew rods only hold up if what they bolt to holds up. Confirm the 64\" DS chassis first, then look at the mounting side — a rear radius rod plate or pull plate and a double-shear bulkhead stop the mount from becoming the next thing that bends. Radius rod spacers, spare 5\/8 bearings and a 64\" lower-rod rebuild kit are worth stocking before a trip, and matching 64\" tie rods and limit straps finish a full rear-end refresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the right kit for the 64\\\" or the 72\\\" X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 64\\\" DS chassis. LM UTV builds a separate 72\\\" RS kit and the rods are not interchangeable between the two widths, so check your car before ordering.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does high clearance change compared to a straight radius rod?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It raises the lower rod so it sits higher relative to rocks and rut edges. The mounting points do not change — it is still a direct bolt-on — but the rod is no longer the lowest thing back there.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are the bearings sealed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV specifies O-rings on all spherical bearings, and the bearings themselves are three-piece Chromoly with PTFE liners.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I set rear toe without removing the rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. The kit uses RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings, so rear alignment can be adjusted with the rods on the car.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this replace all of my rear radius rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It is a six-piece kit covering the complete rear rod set rather than a lowers-only or uppers-only kit.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to cut or weld anything?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on replacement using the factory mounting points.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318667935780,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-03","price":932.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318667968548,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-03-BPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318668001316,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-03-OCPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318668034084,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-03-MGPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318668066852,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-03-OBPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318668099620,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-03-MRPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318668132388,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-03-DTPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318668165156,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-03-IBPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318668197924,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-03-SBYPC","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/fullsizeoutput_3b7.jpg?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-turbo-s-rear-pull-plate","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Turbo S Rear Pull Plate","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Turbo S puts more suspension load into the rear chassis than almost anything else Polaris has built, and the rear radius rod mount is where that load piles up.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV rear pull plate reinforces the rear chassis and adds a tow hook, spreading the load across a plate machined from 6061 instead of leaving the factory mount to carry it by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt installs as a direct bolt on replacement using the mounting points already on the car, and it is available machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors so it can either disappear or stand out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear pull plate — reinforces the rear chassis and adds a tow hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated tow hook gives a strap a proper place to attach at the back of the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt on replacement — no cutting, no welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits Turbo S and Velocity models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: A Failing Rear Radius Rod Mount On The Polaris RZR Turbo S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA mount that tears or folds under a hard landing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Turbo S carries weight and speed, and all of the rear rod load funnels into one small area of the chassis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt holes that elongate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the holes egg out, the rods shift in the mount and rear alignment stops holding a setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRadius rods that pay for a mount problem.\u003c\/strong\u003e A loose or deformed mount loads the rod off-axis, so the rods are usually the next thing you buy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo clean recovery point.\u003c\/strong\u003e The built-in tow hook replaces the habit of hooking a strap onto whatever looks strong enough.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChassis repair instead of a bolt-on part.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reinforcing the area first is a much smaller job than straightening it later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Polaris RZR Turbo S And Velocity Owners Who Ride Hard And Pull Other People Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo S and Turbo S Velocity owners wanting rear chassis reinforcement before the mount gives\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDune and desert riders landing the rear end hard and repeatedly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who tows, gets towed, or is the one with the strap in the group\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners upgrading rear radius rods who want the mount to be as strong as the rods going into it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR XP 1000 and XP Turbo owners on the 64in car need the RZR 2014+ 64in rear pull plate instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro R and Turbo R owners need the 2022+ Pro R and Turbo R rear radius rod plate — a radius rod plate with a D ring, not a tow hook pull plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 owners need the X3 rear radius rod plate for their model year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction: Reinforces the rear chassis and adds a tow hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Machined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt on replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment: Fits Turbo S and Velocity models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRP-01-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Turbo S and Velocity models — Polaris RZR Turbo S and RZR Turbo S Velocity. LM UTV lists this plate by model rather than by model year, so match it to the Turbo S or Velocity badge on your car rather than to a year range. Other RZR platforms, including the 64in XP cars and the Pro R and Turbo R, use different part numbers. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does a Turbo S need a rear pull plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear radius rod mount is a known weak point on hard-landing cars: it can tear, elongate its bolt holes, or fold, and once it does the rear geometry is gone. A plate spreads that load over a larger area of the chassis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this add a tow hook, or is that separate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tow hook is part of what this plate does. LM UTV describes it as reinforcing the rear chassis and adding a tow hook.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat years does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists fitment by model, not by year: it fits Turbo S and Velocity models. If your car wears a Turbo S or Velocity badge, this is the plate for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it made and what is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is Machined from 6061.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs installation reversible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is listed as a Direct bolt on replacement, so it goes on with the existing mounting points and comes off the same way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I match it to my car's colors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is offered machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV works backward from broken OEM parts — find the piece that keeps failing, redesign it, and make it look like it belongs on the car. This pull plate follows that pattern on one of the Turbo S chassis' harder-working areas. LM UTV parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforce The Turbo S Rear End Before The Mount Decides For You\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your Turbo S or Velocity sees hard landings, whoop speed, or recovery duty, this plate is a cheap insurance policy compared to repairing a torn rear mount. Pick your finish, confirm your car is a Turbo S or Velocity, and add the rear pull plate. If you are on an XP 1000, XP Turbo, Pro R or Turbo R, order that platform's plate instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does a Turbo S need a rear pull plate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The rear radius rod mount is a known weak point on hard-landing cars: it can tear, elongate its bolt holes, or fold, and once it does the rear geometry is gone. A plate spreads that load over a larger area of the chassis.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this add a tow hook, or is that separate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The tow hook is part of what this plate does. LM UTV describes it as reinforcing the rear chassis and adding a tow hook.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What years does this fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV lists fitment by model, not by year: it fits Turbo S and Velocity models. If your car wears a Turbo S or Velocity badge, this is the plate for it.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it made and what is it made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is Machined from 6061.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is installation reversible?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is listed as a Direct bolt on replacement, so it goes on with the existing mounting points and comes off the same way.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I match it to my car's colors?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It is offered machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318669180964,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318669213732,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02-BPC","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318669246500,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02-prpc","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318669279268,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02-pbpc","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318669312036,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02-ggpc","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318669344804,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02-sgpc","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318669377572,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02-llpc","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318669410340,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02-LSPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318669443108,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02-ZBPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318669475876,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-02-OMPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/IMG_2958_9db3774f-f19e-4403-81f1-0357694f8b0f.jpg?v=1787954999"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-xp-1000-tie-rods-64-heim","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR XP 1000 Tie Rods 64\" Heim (2014-2017)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe 2014-2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000, XP Turbo and the RS1 all bend the same factory tie rod, and once it bows the steering goes vague and the front alignment walks.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rod Kit (64in \/ Heim) replaces them with a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod, 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints and a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists this as a Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR and a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so the kit goes on the factory steering rack and knuckle without cutting or welding. It covers 2014 - 2017 XP 1000 and Turbo cars and All years of the RS1, which is what separates this part number from the 2017.5-2020 kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR Steering Tie Rod Kit (64in \/ Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll years of the RS1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent Factory Tie Rods And Vague Steering On The 2014-2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000, Turbo And RS1\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA tie rod that bows on the first hard hit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The stock rod is the softest link between the rack and the knuckle, so it takes the deformation instead of passing the load on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteering that no longer points where the wheel points.\u003c\/strong\u003e A bent rod changes front toe on that corner, and the car pulls, darts or tracks off line under power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSlop you can feel at the wheel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Worn factory ends add free play; the 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints are a serviceable, rebuildable joint instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInner ends that keep failing at the rack.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis puts a heat treated steel piece where the OEM part gives up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware that rusts and seizes in the joint.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers keep the assembly serviceable through the next rebuild.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront-end damage after a rod lets go mid-corner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Losing steering on one side at speed costs more than a tie rod kit does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2014-2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000 And Turbo Owners, And Every RS1 Owner\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000 and XP 4 1000 cars on the 64-inch chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR XP Turbo and XP 4 Turbo owners in the same 2014-2017 window\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR RS1 owners — this is the RS1 part number, and LM UTV covers All years of the RS1 here\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders replacing a tie rod they have already bent, or getting ahead of it before a desert or dune trip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders who want a rebuildable heim joint instead of a sealed factory end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone needing a non-standard length — Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your car is a 2017.5-2020 Polaris RZR XP 1000 or Turbo, this is not your kit; use LMU-STR-01-03 for those cars. If you are on a 2018 or newer Turbo S, the 72-inch tie rod kit is the right part number instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Polaris RZR Steering Tie Rod Kit (64in \/ Heim)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Steering Tie Rod Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso covers: All years of the RS1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScope: Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner clevis: Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and spacers: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeim joints: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie rod material: 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLengths: Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-01-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000, RZR XP 4 1000, RZR XP Turbo and RZR XP 4 Turbo models on the 64-inch chassis. It also fits the Polaris RZR RS1 — LM UTV states All years of the RS1 for this part number. The vendor fitment reads: 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Steering Tie Rod Kit, All years of the RS1, Complete steering upgrade for the Polaris RZR. If your XP 1000 or Turbo is a 2017.5 through 2020 car, order LMU-STR-01-03 instead — and note that LMU-STR-01-03 is explicitly not for the RS1, so RS1 owners belong on this page regardless of year. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy 2015 Polaris RZR XP 1000 darts and pulls after a hard landing — is the tie rod the cause?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat is the usual suspect. The factory tie rod is the part that gives first, and once it bows it holds the wrong front toe on that side, which shows up as darting, pulling and uneven tire wear. Replacing both sides and setting toe afterward resets the geometry rather than chasing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do the OEM tie rod ends develop play so quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stock end is a sealed unit that wears and cannot be rebuilt, so the free play only grows. This kit uses 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, which are a serviceable three-piece joint, with Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers so the assembly can be taken apart and refreshed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit really fit the Polaris RZR RS1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV lists All years of the RS1 for this part number, alongside the 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Steering Tie Rod Kit application. The RS1 belongs on this SKU, not on the 2017.5-2020 kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the rods, joints and clevises actually made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rod is a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod. The joints are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, the inner end is a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and the fasteners are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to cut, weld or modify anything to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory steering mounting points. Plan on a front alignment once both sides are on the car so toe is set properly, and pick your finish up front — machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from the 2017.5-2020 Polaris RZR tie rod kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSame construction, different car. Both use a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod with 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, but this part number covers 2014 - 2017 XP 1000 and Turbo plus All years of the RS1 and is finished in machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat. LMU-STR-01-03 covers 2017.5 - 2020 XP 1000 and Turbo and is explicitly not for the RS1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHere at LM-UTV we have combined our engineering and manufacturing knowledge with our modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other. Our passion for off-roading has led us to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of our parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. LM-UTV offers parts for both the Polaris and Can-Am's various models including tie rods, radius rods, and ball joints with more makes, models, and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eUpgrade The Steering On Your 2014-2017 Polaris RZR XP 1000, Turbo Or RS1\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you order, confirm two things: that your XP 1000 or Turbo is a 2014-2017 car rather than a 2017.5-2020 model, and, if you are on an RS1, that you are on this part number rather than LMU-STR-01-03. Then choose a finish, machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat, and note that Custom lengths available by request if your car is running a non-standard front width. After install, get a front alignment so toe is actually set, and look at what carries load next in the steering path — the rack, the knuckles and the front ball joints are the parts that see what the old tie rod used to absorb. Spare 5\/8 heim joints and the stainless hardware are worth keeping on the shelf before a long trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My 2015 Polaris RZR XP 1000 darts and pulls after a hard landing — is the tie rod the cause?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"That is the usual suspect. The factory tie rod is the part that gives first, and once it bows it holds the wrong front toe on that side, which shows up as darting, pulling and uneven tire wear. Replacing both sides and setting toe afterward resets the geometry rather than chasing it.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why do the OEM tie rod ends develop play so quickly?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The stock end is a sealed unit that wears and cannot be rebuilt, so the free play only grows. This kit uses 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, which are a serviceable three-piece joint, with Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers so the assembly can be taken apart and refreshed.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this kit really fit the Polaris RZR RS1?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV lists All years of the RS1 for this part number, alongside the 2014 - 2017 Polaris RZR XP1000 \/ Turbo Steering Tie Rod Kit application. The RS1 belongs on this SKU, not on the 2017.5-2020 kit.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the rods, joints and clevises actually made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The rod is a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod. The joints are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, the inner end is a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, and the fasteners are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to cut, weld or modify anything to install these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory steering mounting points. Plan on a front alignment once both sides are on the car so toe is set properly, and pick your finish up front — machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is this different from the 2017.5-2020 Polaris RZR tie rod kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Same construction, different car. Both use a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod with 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, but this part number covers 2014 - 2017 XP 1000 and Turbo plus All years of the RS1 and is finished in machined finished or Type 2 Black Powder Coat. LMU-STR-01-03 covers 2017.5 - 2020 XP 1000 and Turbo and is explicitly not for the RS1.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318669508644,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318669541412,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02-BPC","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318669574180,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02-PRPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318669606948,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02-PBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318669639716,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02-GGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318669672484,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02-SGPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318669705252,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02-LLPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318669738020,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02-LSPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318669770788,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02-ZBPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318669803556,"sku":"LMU-STR-01-02-OMPC","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/lmustr_1024x1024_edbf99f2-656f-4a5e-a68c-d928ec2e0496.jpg?v=1787954998"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-front-sway-bar-links","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Front Sway Bar Links (2016+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne of the weak points in the Polaris RZR is the stock front sway bar links, and this LM UTV pair replaces both of them in billet 6061 aluminum.\u003c\/strong\u003e Before you order, check your bolt size. These links ship in two versions: 10mm bolts for 2016+ RZR models, and 12mm bolts for the Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP. The two are not interchangeable, so pick the size your machine actually uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEach set includes two links with bearings and spacers, running Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers in place of the factory arrangement. It is a direct bolt-on and it is made in the USA with a lifetime warranty behind it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed front sway bar end links — a matched pair, sold as a complete set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed from Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo bolt sizes offered — 10mm for 2016+ models, 12mm for Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Broken Stock Front Sway Bar Links On The Polaris RZR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA link that snaps and leaves the front bar flopping.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once one end link is gone the sway bar stops doing its job and the front end rolls freely through corners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClunking over chop and through g-outs.\u003c\/strong\u003e Worn play in the link ends shows up as noise from the front of the machine long before anything actually breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSloppy body control that gets worse over a weekend.\u003c\/strong\u003e A link with slop in it lets the bar move before it loads, so roll stiffness arrives late and inconsistently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBinding at full articulation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Misalignment spacers are what let the bearing swing with the suspension instead of loading the link sideways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacing the same wear part every season.\u003c\/strong\u003e A billet link with a spherical bearing is meant to be a one-time swap rather than a recurring service item.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Polaris RZR Owners Running The OEM Front Sway Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2016 and newer RZR owners who still have the factory front sway bar fitted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR XP 1000, XP 4 1000, XP Turbo and XP 4 Turbo owners on the 10mm bolt version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo S, Turbo S Velocity, Pro XP and Pro XP 4 owners on the 12mm bolt version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who have already broken or replaced a stock front link once and want it done with\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who want a front upgrade that reuses the factory mounting points — no cutting, no drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are shopping for rear sway bar links, this is the wrong part — go to LMU-SBL-01-03 for 10mm rear cars or LMU-SBL-01-04 for the 12mm Turbo S rear, in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sway-bar-links\"\u003esway bar links collection\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Polaris RZR Fixed Front Sway Bar Links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisalignment spacers: 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-SBL-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all models of the Polaris RZR 2016 and newer with an OEM front sway bar. Two bolt sizes are offered and you must order the one that matches your machine: the 10mm bolt version covers 2016+ RZR models, and the 12mm bolt version covers the Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP. If your front sway bar has been removed, there is nothing for these links to connect to. Measure or check your bolt size before ordering rather than guessing from the model name. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need the 10mm or the 12mm version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10mm bolt version is the one for 2016 and newer RZR models generally. The 12mm bolt version is for the Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP. They are separate variants of this part and they are not interchangeable, so confirm your bolt size before you add to cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 2 links with bearings and spacers — a complete matched pair for the front of the machine, with the Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers already accounted for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these work if I have removed my front sway bar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists these as fitting RZR models that have an OEM front sway bar. The links connect the bar to the suspension, so if the bar is not on the machine there is nothing for them to attach to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to cut, drill or weld anything to install them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on. The links use the factory front sway bar mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are these links actually made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these the rear sway bar links?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this part number is the front pair. LM UTV sells the rear links separately — LMU-SBL-01-03 for RZR models with 10mm rear bolts, and LMU-SBL-01-04 for the Turbo S with 12mm rear bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV parts that fix broken or malfunctioning OEM components rather than dressing them up. Everything is designed and made in-house in the USA and carries a Lifetime Warranty. The company builds for Polaris and Can-Am across tie rods, radius rods and ball joints, with more makes, models and parts added regularly — which is why the front sway bar link is offered in two bolt sizes instead of one compromise part.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConfirm Your Bolt Size Before You Order These RZR Front Sway Bar Links\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the last thing to settle before checkout: 10mm bolts for 2016+ RZR models, 12mm bolts for the Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP. Once the front is sorted, the rear links are the matching job — LMU-SBL-01-03 covers 10mm rear cars and LMU-SBL-01-04 covers the 12mm Turbo S rear. If you are working through the front end anyway, tie rods and ball joints are the other OEM wear points worth handling in the same session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need the 10mm or the 12mm version?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 10mm bolt version is the one for 2016 and newer RZR models generally. The 12mm bolt version is for the Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP. They are separate variants of this part and they are not interchangeable, so confirm your bolt size before you add to cart.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What comes in the box?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 2 links with bearings and spacers — a complete matched pair for the front of the machine, with the Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers already accounted for.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these work if I have removed my front sway bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists these as fitting RZR models that have an OEM front sway bar. The links connect the bar to the suspension, so if the bar is not on the machine there is nothing for them to attach to.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to cut, drill or weld anything to install them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on. The links use the factory front sway bar mounting points.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are these links actually made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are these the rear sway bar links?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No, this part number is the front pair. LM UTV sells the rear links separately — LMU-SBL-01-03 for RZR models with 10mm rear bolts, and LMU-SBL-01-04 for the Turbo S with 12mm rear bolts.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Machine finish","offer_id":51318670131236,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01","price":174.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318670164004,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01-BPC","price":184.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Polaris Red","offer_id":51318670196772,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01-PRPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318670229540,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01-PBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318670262308,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01-GGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318670295076,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01-SGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318670327844,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01-LLPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318670360612,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01-LSPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318670393380,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01-ZBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2016+ with 10mm bolts \/ Orange Madness","offer_id":51318670426148,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-01-OMPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Machine finish","offer_id":51318670458916,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02","price":174.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318670491684,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02-BPC","price":184.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Polaris Red","offer_id":51318670524452,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02-PRPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318670557220,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02-PBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318670589988,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02-GGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318670622756,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02-SGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318670655524,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02-LLPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318670688292,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02-LSPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318670721060,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02-ZBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turbo S, Velocity and Pro XP with 12mm bolts \/ Orange Madness","offer_id":51318670753828,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-02-OMPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LMU-SBL-01-01.jpg?v=1787954999"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-radius-rods-72","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Radius Rods 72\" (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStock Can-Am Maverick X3 radius rods bend before anything else does, and a bent rod pulls your rear alignment out and eats the next set of bearings.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV six-piece kit replaces all six rear radius rods on the 72\" RS chassis with 1.25in 7075 billet aluminum and 3\/4 JMX heim ends, so the rear end holds its geometry instead of taking the hit for the chassis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAll six rods are adjustable with right-hand and left-hand rod ends, so rear alignment can be set on the car without pulling a rod out or shimming anything. Straight-rod geometry keeps the kit close to the factory line, which is the right choice for dune and high-speed desert use where ground clearance under the rod is not the limiting factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix-piece rear radius rod kit — replaces every rear rod on the 72\" chassis, not just the lowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMassive 1.25in 7075 aircraft grade aluminum rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\/4 JMX rod ends, F1 fitment on all bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJMX Teflon heims rated at over 28,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRight-hand \/ left-hand rod ends for on-car adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel bearing spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on replacement — no cutting, no welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine finish, black powder coat, or any other color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and manufactured in-house in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent And Flexing Radius Rods On The Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBent lower rods after a hard landing or a rock strike.\u003c\/strong\u003e The factory rod is the soft point in the rear suspension and it takes the deformation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear alignment that will not stay put.\u003c\/strong\u003e A tweaked rod changes rear toe, and the machine starts wandering under power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBearings that keep going away.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod-end play from a flexed rod loads the bearing off-axis and shortens its life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment changes that mean pulling parts off the car.\u003c\/strong\u003e RH\/LH ends let you adjust in place instead of disassembling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChassis damage from a rod that did not give.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rods are the intended service item; keeping the load in a rated heim is the point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 72\" Can-Am Maverick X3 Dune And Desert Riders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e72\" RS chassis owners running the factory-width front end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDune riders loading the rear end through soft transitions and steep faces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert and high-speed riders who need geometry that survives repeated impacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners rebuilding a rear end after bending a factory rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who want a straight-rod kit rather than high clearance — if you are running rocky, rutted terrain and want the lower rod lifted, the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/radius-rods\"\u003ehigh clearance version of this kit\u003c\/a\u003e is the better fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of the 64\" chassis need the 64\" kit instead; this one will not fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 6 radius rods (complete rear set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: 1.25in 7075 aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3\/4 JMX heims, 3-piece\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearing fitment: F1 fitment on all bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad rating: JMX Teflon heims rated at over 28,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: stainless steel bearing spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: RH\/LH rod ends, adjustable on the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 72\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: straight rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machine finish, black powder coat, or custom color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: designed and manufactured in-house in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: lifetime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-02-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 RS models on the 72\" chassis, including the four-seat X3 Max on the same width. This is the straight-rod 72\" kit — it does not fit the 64\" chassis, and the high clearance kit is a separate part number. Confirm your chassis width before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit my 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is built for the 72\" chassis. LM UTV makes a separate 64\" six-piece kit for the narrower car, and the rods are not interchangeable between the two widths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between these and the high clearance radius rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are straight rods that follow close to the factory line. The high clearance version raises the lower rod to clear rocks and ruts. If you ride dunes and open desert, the straight kit is usually the right call; if you ride rocky or heavily rutted terrain, the high clearance kit buys you clearance under the rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to cut or weld anything to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on replacement. It reuses the factory mounting points on the 72\" chassis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust rear alignment without taking the rods off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every rod uses right-hand and left-hand rod ends, which is what allows on-car adjustment — you can set rear toe without removing a rod from the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong are the rod ends?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV rates the JMX Teflon heims at over 28,000 static radial load, with F1 fitment on all bearings and stainless steel bearing spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit replace all of my rear radius rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a six-piece kit covering the complete rear rod set, not a lower-rod-only or upper-rod-only kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV designs and manufactures in-house in the USA and backs its parts with a lifetime warranty. The company builds around solving specific OEM failure points on Can-Am and Polaris machines — radius rods, tie rods, ball joints and chassis reinforcement — rather than covering every category thinly. That focus is why the rod specs are stated down to the heim load rating instead of left vague.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Can-Am Maverick X3 Rear Suspension Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRadius rods are one part of the rear end. Before you order, confirm you are on the 72\" chassis and decide between this straight-rod kit and the high clearance version. Once the rods are in, the mounting side is what fails next — a rear radius rod plate or pull plate and a double-shear bulkhead put the new rods in a stronger mount, and rebuild kits with spare heims and spacers are worth having on the shelf before you need them. If you are refreshing the whole rear end, the matching 72\" tie rods and limit straps are the logical next parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit my 64\\\" Can-Am Maverick X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This kit is built for the 72\\\" chassis. LM UTV makes a separate 64\\\" six-piece kit for the narrower car, and the rods are not interchangeable between the two widths.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between these and the high clearance radius rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These are straight rods that follow close to the factory line. The high clearance version raises the lower rod to clear rocks and ruts. If you ride dunes and open desert, the straight kit is usually the right call; if you ride rocky or heavily rutted terrain, the high clearance kit buys you clearance under the rod.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to cut or weld anything to install these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on replacement. It reuses the factory mounting points on the 72\\\" chassis.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I adjust rear alignment without taking the rods off?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Every rod uses right-hand and left-hand rod ends, which is what allows on-car adjustment — you can set rear toe without removing a rod from the machine.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How strong are the rod ends?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV rates the JMX Teflon heims at over 28,000 static radial load, with F1 fitment on all bearings and stainless steel bearing spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this kit replace all of my rear radius rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It is a six-piece kit covering the complete rear rod set, not a lower-rod-only or upper-rod-only kit.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318669836324,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-01","price":799.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318669869092,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-01-BPC","price":829.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318669901860,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-01-MGPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318669934628,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-01-OCPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318669967396,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-01-OBPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318670000164,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-01-MRPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318670032932,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-01-DTPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318670065700,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-01-IBPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318670098468,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-01-SBYPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/image.jpg?v=1787954999"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-rear-pull-plate-64","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Rear Pull Plate 64\" (2014+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe rear radius rod mount is where a hard landing goes looking for something to bend.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV rear pull plate is a Polaris RZR chassis reinforcement that spreads that load across a machined plate instead of letting the factory sheet metal absorb it alone — and it adds a tow hook to the back of the car at the same time, so a recovery strap has a real place to attach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is machined from 6061 and goes on as a direct bolt on replacement, so the plate uses the mounting hardware already on the car. Finish is your call: machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear pull plate — reinforces the rear chassis and adds a tow hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTow hook built into the plate, so recovery does not mean wrapping a strap around suspension parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt on replacement — no cutting, no welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits RZR 2014+ 64in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: A Torn Or Elongated Rear Radius Rod Mount On The 64\" Polaris RZR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA rear mount that folds after a bad landing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The load from both rear radius rods arrives at one small area of the chassis, and that area is the first thing to give.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt holes that egg out over time.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the holes elongate, the rods move in their mounts and rear geometry stops being repeatable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRods that become the next casualty.\u003c\/strong\u003e A sloppy mount loads the rod off-axis, so a mount problem turns into a rod problem and then an alignment problem.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNowhere clean to hook a strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated tow hook gives you a rated-looking, purpose-built pull point instead of improvising off a-arms or the frame rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamage that only shows up after it is expensive.\u003c\/strong\u003e A plate spreads the load before the chassis starts deforming, which is cheaper than chasing it afterward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 64\" Polaris RZR XP 1000 And XP Turbo Owners Who Tow, Get Towed, Or Land Hard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR XP 1000, XP 4 1000, XP Turbo and XP 4 Turbo owners on the 64in car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDune riders who land the rear end regularly and want the mount reinforced before it tears\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who pulls another car out — or gets pulled out — and wants a proper tow hook on the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners already upgrading rear radius rods who want the mount to match the rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo S and Velocity owners need the Turbo S rear pull plate instead — this 64in plate is not the same part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro R and Turbo R owners need the 2022+ Pro R rear radius rod plate; that one is a radius rod plate with a D ring, not a tow hook pull plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 owners need one of the X3 rear radius rod plates, split by model year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction: Reinforces the rear chassis and adds a tow hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Machined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt on replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment: Fits RZR 2014+ 64in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRP-01-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits RZR 2014+ 64in — 2014 through 2027 Polaris RZR XP 1000, RZR XP 4 1000, RZR XP Turbo and RZR XP 4 Turbo on the 64in chassis. This is the 64in pull plate; Turbo S, Velocity, Pro R and Turbo R cars use different part numbers. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does a rear pull plate actually do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV describes it as reinforcing the rear chassis and adding a tow hook. The rear radius rod mount concentrates suspension load into a small area of the chassis; the plate spreads that load and gives you a purpose-built pull point at the back of the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same thing as a radius rod plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey reinforce the same area, but this part is the pull plate version — it adds a tow hook. If you want the reinforcement without the tow hook function, look at the radius rod plates for your platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to cut or weld anything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a Direct bolt on replacement, so it goes on using the existing mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is Machined from 6061.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes can I get?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is offered machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my Turbo S?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the RZR 2014+ 64in plate. Turbo S and Velocity cars use the Turbo S rear pull plate, which is a separate part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV builds parts to fix the OEM failure points off-road riders actually hit, and this plate is a straightforward example: reinforce the spot that tears, and put a tow hook where one should have been. The parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. Finish is a choice, not an afterthought — machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAdd The Rear Pull Plate Before You Need The Tow Hook\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are already replacing rear radius rods on your 64in RZR, this is the part that keeps the new rods in a mount that holds. Confirm you are on the 64in car, pick your finish, and order the pull plate that matches your machine. If your RZR is a Turbo S, a Velocity, a Pro R or a Turbo R, order that platform's plate instead — they are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does a rear pull plate actually do?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV describes it as reinforcing the rear chassis and adding a tow hook. The rear radius rod mount concentrates suspension load into a small area of the chassis; the plate spreads that load and gives you a purpose-built pull point at the back of the car.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the same thing as a radius rod plate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They reinforce the same area, but this part is the pull plate version — it adds a tow hook. If you want the reinforcement without the tow hook function, look at the radius rod plates for your platform.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to cut or weld anything?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a Direct bolt on replacement, so it goes on using the existing mounting points.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is it made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is Machined from 6061.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What finishes can I get?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is offered machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this fit my Turbo S?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This is the RZR 2014+ 64in plate. Turbo S and Velocity cars use the Turbo S rear pull plate, which is a separate part number.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318670786596,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318670819364,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01-BPC","price":169.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318670852132,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01-PRPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318670884900,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01-PBPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318670917668,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01-GGPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318670950436,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01-SGPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318670983204,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01-LSPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318671015972,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01-LLPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318671048740,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01-ZBPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318671081508,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-01-OMPC","price":179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/B69B9D81-8F75-48C9-9A87-156B83846780_1_201_a.jpg?v=1787955000"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-honda-talon-1000x-tie-rods","title":"LM UTV Honda Talon 1000X Tie Rods","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe tie rod is the part of a Honda Talon 1000X steering system that gives up first, and a bent one turns every corner into a guess.\u003c\/strong\u003e These LM UTV Honda Talon 1000X 7075 Steering Tie Rods are CNC machined from 7075 aluminum, use the OEM inner joint, and carry 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends on the outer end. Two adjustable length rods, so toe is set on the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the kit uses the OEM inner joint, the install stays on the outboard half of the steering: the rod, the rod end and the pins. Those pins are 1 Piece Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins, and the whole kit is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement available in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda Talon 1000X 7075 Steering Tie Rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCNC machined from 7075 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Adjustable length tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the OEM inner joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Piece Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent Tie Rods And Loose Steering On The Honda Talon 1000X\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA tie rod that folds on a rock or a rut edge.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are CNC machined from 7075 aluminum rather than formed from a thin factory tube, so the rod is not the designed-in fuse any more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteering that pulls one way after a hit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A tweaked rod puts toe somewhere you never set it, and the machine tracks wrong from that point on.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOuter ends that go slack and notchy in dust.\u003c\/strong\u003e The outers are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends, a serviceable jointed end instead of a sealed factory ball.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePins that wear oval and add play at the joint.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit uses 1 Piece Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins at the connection rather than a soft plated pin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo practical way to set toe.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both rods are adjustable length, so alignment is dialed with the rods in place rather than accepted as whatever the part measures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Honda Talon 1000X Owners Fixing Or Upgrading Steering Without Replacing The Inner Joint\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTalon 1000X owners who have bent a factory tie rod and want a stronger replacement in its place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders in rocks, ruts and technical trail where the front wheels take direct impacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners chasing steering play at the outer end whose inner joint is still tight — this kit uses the OEM inner joint and leaves it alone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants to set toe properly, since the kit is 2 Adjustable length tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders matching the machine, with machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you own a Honda Talon 1000R, this is not your kit — LM UTV lists Talon 1000R tie rods under a separate part number, and you should buy by the badge on your machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Honda Talon 1000X 7075 Steering Tie Rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 Adjustable length tie rods; 1 Piece Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins; 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner joint: Uses the OEM inner joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: CNC machined from 7075 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins: 1 Piece Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: 2 Adjustable length tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-03-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Talon 1000X models. LM UTV sells this kit by model rather than by model year, so there is no published year range to check against — confirm the parts against your own machine before ordering. The Honda Talon 1000R is a separate part number and is not covered here. Because the kit uses the OEM inner joint, that joint needs to be in serviceable condition on your machine. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the factory tie rod bend on a Honda Talon 1000X?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the slimmest structural link between the rack and the knuckle, so an impact at the wheel loads it straight through. This kit replaces it with a rod CNC machined from 7075 aluminum and a 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-end at the outer end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy steering has play in it. Will this kit fix it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the play is at the outer end or at the pin, yes — the kit brings new 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends and 1 Piece Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins. If the play is in the OEM inner joint, this kit will not address it, because it uses the OEM inner joint rather than replacing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat model years does this kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV does not publish a year range for this kit. It is sold by model — it fits Talon 1000X models — so the honest answer is to confirm the parts against your own machine rather than against a year. If you want certainty for your specific car, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat exactly comes in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 Adjustable length tie rods, 1 Piece Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends. The inner joint is not included, because the kit uses the OEM inner joint already on the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to cut, drill or weld anything to fit them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it installs on the factory mounting points. Since both rods are adjustable length, set toe after they are on and recheck it after the first ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from the Honda Talon 1000R tie rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are separate products under separate part numbers. This one is listed for Talon 1000X models; LM UTV builds the Talon 1000R tie rods as their own kit. Buy by the model badge on your machine rather than by the fact that both are Honda Talon parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV products aimed squarely at broken or malfunctioning OEM parts, and every part is Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA with a Lifetime warranty behind it. That in-house approach is why a Honda Talon steering kit like this one names the rod-end construction, the pin alloy and what it does with the inner joint instead of stopping at a marketing adjective.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish Your Honda Talon 1000X Steering Tie Rod Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm you are on a Talon 1000X and not a 1000R, then choose the finish — machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice — since that is decided at build time. While the old rods are off, check the OEM inner joint for play, because this kit carries it over. Set the adjustable length on both rods, then align the front end and recheck toe after a shakedown run rather than at the end of the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does the factory tie rod bend on a Honda Talon 1000X?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is the slimmest structural link between the rack and the knuckle, so an impact at the wheel loads it straight through. This kit replaces it with a rod CNC machined from 7075 aluminum and a 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-end at the outer end.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My steering has play in it. Will this kit fix it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If the play is at the outer end or at the pin, yes — the kit brings new 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends and 1 Piece Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins. If the play is in the OEM inner joint, this kit will not address it, because it uses the OEM inner joint rather than replacing it.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What model years does this kit fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV does not publish a year range for this kit. It is sold by model — it fits Talon 1000X models — so the honest answer is to confirm the parts against your own machine rather than against a year. If you want certainty for your specific car, check with us before ordering.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What exactly comes in the kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"2 Adjustable length tie rods, 1 Piece Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends. The inner joint is not included, because the kit uses the OEM inner joint already on the machine.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to cut, drill or weld anything to fit them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it installs on the factory mounting points. Since both rods are adjustable length, set toe after they are on and recheck it after the first ride.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is this different from the Honda Talon 1000R tie rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are separate products under separate part numbers. This one is listed for Talon 1000X models; LM UTV builds the Talon 1000R tie rods as their own kit. Buy by the model badge on your machine rather than by the fact that both are Honda Talon parts.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318671179812,"sku":"LMU-STR-03-01","price":224.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318671212580,"sku":"LMU-STR-03-01-BPC","price":240.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Honda Red","offer_id":51318671245348,"sku":"LMU-STR-03-01-HRPC","price":249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/TalonRTieRods_7d31e39c-1bd7-4f5d-b00f-26e9fee1ce77.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-heim-joints-uniball-bearings-5-8-3-4","title":"LM UTV 5\/8 and 3\/4 Heim Joints and Uniball Bearings","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen one joint is worn, you should be able to replace one joint.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are individual replacement bearings for all of our kits, sold one at a time in both 5\/8 and 3\/4 — rod ends in left hand and right hand thread, plus uniball bearings for radius rod ends and sway bar links. Pick the size and the thread hand you need from the dropdown and buy only that piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe variant list is the whole decision. Size first — 5\/8 or 3\/4, matched to the joint that is already in the part. Then type: a rod end threads into an adjustable rod, a uniball presses into a radius rod end or a sway bar link. If you are buying a rod end, thread hand matters, because left hand and right hand threads are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual replacement bearings for all of our kits — sold singly, not only as a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 Rod End Left Hand Threaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 Rod End Right Hand Threaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\/4 Rod End Left Hand Threaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\/4 Rod End Right Hand Threaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 Radius Rod Uniball Bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\/4 Uniball Bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\/8 Sway Bar Link Uniball Bearing (listed in the dropdown with the manufacturer's spelling, \"5\/8 Sway Bark Link Uniball Bearing\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoth common UTV sizes stocked in both thread hands, so an adjustable rod can be rebuilt end to end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace a single notchy or sloppy joint instead of a whole rod or a whole kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: One Worn Heim Joint Or Uniball Forcing You To Rebuy A Whole Radius Rod Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne end goes gritty, the rest are fine.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are sold individually, so the fix costs one bearing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou do not know whether you need a rod end or a uniball.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rod ends have a threaded shank and screw into an adjustable rod; uniballs are a plain spherical ball in a housing that presses into a radius rod end or a sway bar link. The dropdown separates them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYou ordered the wrong thread hand last time.\u003c\/strong\u003e Left hand and right hand are both listed here in both sizes, so you can match what came out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMixed sizes on one machine.\u003c\/strong\u003e Some LM UTV parts run 5\/8 joints and some run 3\/4. Both sizes are stocked, so you do not have to guess and order twice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA spare in the trailer.\u003c\/strong\u003e Buying one extra of the size you run is cheap insurance on a trip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: LM UTV Owners Replacing A Single Heim Joint, Rod End Or Uniball\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of an LM UTV radius rod, tie rod or sway bar link kit who have one worn or damaged joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who inspect their joints and want to swap the one that has play before it gets worse\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone rebuilding an adjustable rod who needs a matched left hand and right hand pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who want a spare 5\/8 or 3\/4 joint in the toolbox before a trip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf every joint in the rod is worn, the LM UTV replacement bearing kit is the better buy — it covers a full set, and there is a version with spacers, o-rings and C-clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you only need hardware — spacers, o-rings, clips, bolts — the spare hardware listing is the right page, not this one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as: individual replacement bearings, one per selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSizes offered: 5\/8 and 3\/4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod end options: 5\/8 Left Hand Threaded, 5\/8 Right Hand Threaded, 3\/4 Left Hand Threaded, 3\/4 Right Hand Threaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniball options: 5\/8 Radius Rod Uniball Bearing, 3\/4 Uniball Bearing, 5\/8 Sway Bar Link Uniball Bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod end use: threads into an adjustable rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniball use: radius rod ends and sway bar links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: replacement bearings for all of our kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: HB-JMX-10T-LH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are listed as individual replacement bearings for all of our kits, so they are sold by size and type rather than by machine year or model — the vendor states no year range and we are not going to invent one. Match the bearing to the part you are rebuilding: measure or check the existing joint for 5\/8 or 3\/4, confirm rod end versus uniball, and for a rod end confirm the thread hand before ordering. If you are fitting these to a kit from another brand, confirm size, thread and housing dimensions with us first, because they are listed as replacements for LM UTV kits. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know whether I need a 5\/8 or a 3\/4 heim joint?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGo by the part you are rebuilding, not by the machine. LM UTV kits use both sizes depending on the part, so the reliable method is to check the joint that is already in the rod — the size refers to the bore of the spherical ball, and it is usually easiest to confirm by measuring the bolt that passes through it or by checking the thread on the shank of the old rod end. Both sizes are stocked here, so once you know which one you have, order that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between a rod end and a uniball bearing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are spherical bearings that let a joint pivot in more than one plane, which is general mechanical terminology rather than a claim about this specific part. The practical difference is how they mount. A rod end — also called a heim joint — has a threaded shank and screws into the end of an adjustable rod, which is what lets you change length and set alignment. A uniball is just the spherical ball and its housing with no threaded shank; it presses into a machined bore, which on these applications is the end of a radius rod or a sway bar link. If your old part unscrewed, you want a rod end. If it pressed out, you want a uniball.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does left hand versus right hand thread mean, and how do I tell which one I have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRight hand thread is the normal one — turn it clockwise to tighten. Left hand thread is the reverse, and it tightens counterclockwise. Adjustable rods commonly use one of each end so the rod can be lengthened or shortened by turning the tube without unbolting either end. To tell them apart, look at the thread with the shank pointing away from you: right hand threads climb up to the right, left hand threads climb up to the left. If the old part is still in hand, the easiest check is which way it unscrewed. Left hand and right hand are not interchangeable, so order the one that matches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I replace just one bearing, or do I have to do the whole rod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can replace just one — that is what this listing is for. These are sold as individual replacement bearings for all of our kits, so a single notchy or sloppy joint can be swapped without buying a rod or a full kit. That said, joints on the same machine wear at similar rates, so it is worth checking the others while you are in there.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich uniball do I order for a sway bar link?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5\/8 Sway Bar Link Uniball Bearing. It appears in the dropdown as \"5\/8 Sway Bark Link Uniball Bearing\" — that spelling is the manufacturer's, and it is the sway bar link bearing. Do not confuse it with the 5\/8 Radius Rod Uniball Bearing, which is a separate selection for a different position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit heim joints and radius rod kits from other brands?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are listed as replacement bearings for all of our kits, meaning LM UTV kits, so that is what we can confirm them for. Plenty of UTV suspension parts use nominal 5\/8 and 3\/4 joints, but housing bore, width and thread pitch vary between manufacturers, and a bearing that is the right nominal size can still be wrong for another brand's rod. Contact us with the brand and part before ordering rather than assuming it will drop in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV builds around specific OEM failure points on Can-Am and Polaris machines — radius rods, tie rods, ball joints and chassis reinforcement — rather than covering every category thinly. Selling the bearings individually is part of the same logic: a kit that can be serviced one joint at a time stays on the machine for years instead of being thrown away because one end got gritty. That is also why the options here are broken out by size, thread hand and type instead of being sold as one generic \"replacement bearing.\"\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Exact Heim Joint Or Uniball You Need\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the worn joint first: 5\/8 or 3\/4, rod end or uniball, and if it is a rod end, which thread hand. Then pick that line from the dropdown and order one — or two, if you want a spare in the trailer. If more than one joint in the rod has play, look at the full replacement bearing kit instead, which is available with spacers, o-rings and C-clips or as bearings only. And if what you are actually missing is hardware rather than a bearing, the spare hardware listing covers spacers, o-rings and clips on their own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know whether I need a 5\/8 or a 3\/4 heim joint?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Go by the part you are rebuilding, not by the machine. LM UTV kits use both sizes depending on the part, so the reliable method is to check the joint that is already in the rod — the size refers to the bore of the spherical ball, and it is usually easiest to confirm by measuring the bolt that passes through it or by checking the thread on the shank of the old rod end. Both sizes are stocked here, so once you know which one you have, order that.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between a rod end and a uniball bearing?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both are spherical bearings that let a joint pivot in more than one plane, which is general mechanical terminology rather than a claim about this specific part. The practical difference is how they mount. A rod end — also called a heim joint — has a threaded shank and screws into the end of an adjustable rod, which is what lets you change length and set alignment. A uniball is just the spherical ball and its housing with no threaded shank; it presses into a machined bore, which on these applications is the end of a radius rod or a sway bar link. If your old part unscrewed, you want a rod end. If it pressed out, you want a uniball.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does left hand versus right hand thread mean, and how do I tell which one I have?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Right hand thread is the normal one — turn it clockwise to tighten. Left hand thread is the reverse, and it tightens counterclockwise. Adjustable rods commonly use one of each end so the rod can be lengthened or shortened by turning the tube without unbolting either end. To tell them apart, look at the thread with the shank pointing away from you: right hand threads climb up to the right, left hand threads climb up to the left. If the old part is still in hand, the easiest check is which way it unscrewed. Left hand and right hand are not interchangeable, so order the one that matches.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I replace just one bearing, or do I have to do the whole rod?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"You can replace just one — that is what this listing is for. These are sold as individual replacement bearings for all of our kits, so a single notchy or sloppy joint can be swapped without buying a rod or a full kit. That said, joints on the same machine wear at similar rates, so it is worth checking the others while you are in there.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which uniball do I order for a sway bar link?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 5\/8 Sway Bar Link Uniball Bearing. It appears in the dropdown as \\\"5\/8 Sway Bark Link Uniball Bearing\\\" — that spelling is the manufacturer's, and it is the sway bar link bearing. Do not confuse it with the 5\/8 Radius Rod Uniball Bearing, which is a separate selection for a different position.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit heim joints and radius rod kits from other brands?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are listed as replacement bearings for all of our kits, meaning LM UTV kits, so that is what we can confirm them for. Plenty of UTV suspension parts use nominal 5\/8 and 3\/4 joints, but housing bore, width and thread pitch vary between manufacturers, and a bearing that is the right nominal size can still be wrong for another brand's rod. Contact us with the brand and part before ordering rather than assuming it will drop in.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"5\/8 Rod End Left Hand Threaded","offer_id":51318671278116,"sku":"HB-JMX-10T-LH","price":19.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/8 Rod End Right Hand Threaded","offer_id":51318671310884,"sku":"HB-JMX-10T-RH","price":19.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/8 Radius Rod Uniball Bearing","offer_id":51318671343652,"sku":"HB-FKS-10T","price":13.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/4 Rod End Left Hand Threaded","offer_id":51318671376420,"sku":"HB-JMX-12T-LH","price":23.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/4 Rod End Right Hand Threaded","offer_id":51318671409188,"sku":"HB-JMX-12T-RH","price":23.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3\/4 Uniball Bearing","offer_id":51318671441956,"sku":"HB-FKS-12T","price":23.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\/8 Sway Bark Link Uniball Bearing","offer_id":51318671474724,"sku":"HB-COM-10T","price":13.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LH5_8rodend.jpg?v=1787955054"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-turbo-r-rear-toe-rods","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Turbo R Rear Toe Rods (2022+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRear toe on a 2022+ Polaris RZR Turbo R is set with the OEM eccentric bolt, which is a slow and fiddly way to chase an alignment.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the 2022+ Polaris RZR Turbo R Rear Toe Rods: 2 massive toe link radius rods with HUGE 3\/4 JMX Rod ends that eliminate the OEM eccentric bolt and give you RH \/ LH Ends for easy, on car adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a two-rod kit. It replaces the rear toe link and its eccentric adjuster only — your radius rods stay on the machine. The rods are Massive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods with Stainless Steel bearing spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 massive toe link radius rods with HUGE 3\/4 JMX Rod ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEliminates the OEM eccentric bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRH \/ LH Ends for easy, on car adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMassive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless Steel bearing spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: OEM Eccentric Bolt Rear Toe Adjustment On The Polaris RZR Turbo R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear toe that can only be moved at the OEM eccentric bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt and puts the adjustment in the rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment changes that mean loosening and re-setting a cam.\u003c\/strong\u003e RH \/ LH Ends give easy, on car adjustments instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear toe that will not hold where you set it.\u003c\/strong\u003e A seized or worn eccentric adjuster is a common place for that to start.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA toe link that is the weak part of the rear end.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are Massive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods on HUGE 3\/4 JMX Rod ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2022+ Polaris RZR Turbo R Owners Who Set Their Own Rear Alignment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo R owners who want rear toe adjustable on the car rather than at the eccentric bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners re-aligning the rear after suspension work or a hard hit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who has fought a seized OEM eccentric adjuster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a radius rod kit — if your radius rods are bent or you want high clearance geometry, this kit does not address that and you need a Turbo R radius rod kit instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR Pro R owners need the Pro R rear toe rod part number, not this one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 massive toe link radius rods with HUGE 3\/4 JMX Rod ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: Massive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3\/4 JMX Rod ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: Stainless Steel bearing spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: RH \/ LH Ends for easy, on car adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces: Eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: RRR-01-06-TOE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 Polaris RZR Turbo R models. LM UTV lists this part as 2022+ Polaris RZR Turbo R Rear Toe Rods. Our store fitment data also covers the four-seat RZR Turbo R 4 and the RZR Pro S and Pro S 4; the vendor listing names the Turbo R, so confirm your model and model year before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy would I replace the OEM eccentric bolt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it is where rear toe is set from the factory, and it is a cam adjuster rather than a length adjustment. This kit eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt and moves the adjustment into the rod itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy rear toe will not stay where I set it. Will this help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the movement is coming from a worn or slipping eccentric adjuster, yes — that adjuster is removed. If it is coming from a bent radius rod or a worn bushing elsewhere in the rear end, fix that first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these replace my radius rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a two-rod rear toe link kit. The radius rods stay on the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the rods and ends made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMassive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods with HUGE 3\/4 JMX Rod ends and Stainless Steel bearing spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does installation involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit replaces the factory rear toe link and eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt, then sets toe at the rod using the RH \/ LH Ends. LM UTV does not publish torque specs or a step-by-step procedure with this kit, so use your service manual for the rear suspension fasteners and set rear toe on an alignment afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same part as the Pro R rear toe rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists a separate part number for the Polaris RZR Pro R rear toe rods, and that kit also lists a 1 piece clevis CNC machined from 4340. This part number is the Turbo R kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV parts are Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA, and carry a lifetime warranty. The company works on specific OEM failure and annoyance points on Polaris and Can-Am machines — the rear eccentric toe adjuster being one of them — rather than covering every category thinly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSet Rear Toe On Your Polaris RZR Turbo R With LM UTV Toe Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, confirm you are on a Turbo R rather than a Pro R, since the two use different part numbers. Plan on a rear alignment straight after the install, because the point of the kit is that toe is now yours to set. If your radius rods are bent or dragging, that is a separate kit and worth sorting at the same time — new toe rods will not straighten a rear end that is out because of a damaged radius rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why would I replace the OEM eccentric bolt?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because it is where rear toe is set from the factory, and it is a cam adjuster rather than a length adjustment. This kit eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt and moves the adjustment into the rod itself.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My rear toe will not stay where I set it. Will this help?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If the movement is coming from a worn or slipping eccentric adjuster, yes — that adjuster is removed. If it is coming from a bent radius rod or a worn bushing elsewhere in the rear end, fix that first.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do these replace my radius rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This is a two-rod rear toe link kit. The radius rods stay on the machine.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the rods and ends made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Massive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods with HUGE 3\/4 JMX Rod ends and Stainless Steel bearing spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does installation involve?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The kit replaces the factory rear toe link and eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt, then sets toe at the rod using the RH \/ LH Ends. LM UTV does not publish torque specs or a step-by-step procedure with this kit, so use your service manual for the rear suspension fasteners and set rear toe on an alignment afterward.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the same part as the Pro R rear toe rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists a separate part number for the Polaris RZR Pro R rear toe rods, and that kit also lists a 1 piece clevis CNC machined from 4340. This part number is the Turbo R kit.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318671671332,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318671704100,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE-BPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318671736868,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE-PRPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318671769636,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE-PBPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318671802404,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE-GGPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318671835172,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE-SGPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318671867940,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE-LLPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318671900708,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE-LSPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318671933476,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE-ZBPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318671966244,"sku":"RRR-01-06-TOE-OMPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/1_aba3ece4-5bed-4761-b257-9a63bfc2089f.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-honda-talon-1000r-high-clearance-radius-rods","title":"LM UTV Honda Talon 1000R High Clearance Radius Rods","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Honda Talon 1000R puts its lower radius rod arm right where the rocks and rut edges are, and the first hard strike is usually the one that bends it.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV set replaces those arms with Honda Talon 1000R billet high clearance radius rods — two fixed length high clearance lower arms and two adjustable upper rods — so the arm clears the obstacle instead of taking the hit for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEverything in the kit is machined from 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum and runs 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 and 3\/4 bearings. The lowers carry 5\/8\" \u0026amp; 3\/4\" spherical bearings at fixed length; the uppers are adjustable on RH\/LH 5\/8 \u0026amp; 3\/4 Rod ends. 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright hold the lower arm square in its mount instead of letting it roll under load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda Talon 1000R billet high clearance radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8\" \u0026amp; 3\/4\" spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 \u0026amp; 3\/4 Rod ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 and 3\/4 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent Lower Arms And Ground Strikes On The Honda Talon 1000R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe lower arm being the lowest thing back there.\u003c\/strong\u003e High clearance geometry moves it up and out of the strike path; a stronger arm in the stock shape still sits in the same place waiting for the same rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment walking after a hard hit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A tweaked arm changes where the wheel sits, and the machine stops tracking straight under power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe lower arm rolling out of position.\u003c\/strong\u003e 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright are in the kit specifically to stop that.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorn, sloppy rod ends.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit runs 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 and 3\/4 bearings rather than a plain pressed-in bushing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeing stuck with whatever length the OEM part is.\u003c\/strong\u003e The upper rods are adjustable on RH\/LH 5\/8 \u0026amp; 3\/4 Rod ends, so the upper link can be set instead of accepted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Honda Talon 1000R Owners Riding Rocks, Ruts And Broken Ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTalon 1000R owners riding technical, rocky or heavily rutted terrain where ground clearance under the arm decides the line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who have already bent or dragged a factory lower arm and want the geometry changed, not just the part replaced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners going through Honda Talon suspension and replacing worn parts who would rather upgrade once than twice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilds where finish matters — machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your machine is a Honda Talon 1000X, order the 1000X kit instead; LM UTV lists it as its own product under its own part number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you ride mostly smooth, open ground at speed and have never caught the lower arm on anything, clearance is not the thing holding you back and your money is better spent elsewhere on the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: billet high clearance radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: high clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 fixed length high clearance lower arms with 5\/8\" \u0026amp; 3\/4\" spherical bearings; 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 \u0026amp; 3\/4 Rod ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 and 3\/4 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArm material: 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-03-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Honda Talon 1000R models. LM UTV lists this kit by model and does not publish a model year range for it, so there is no year to match against — check the kit against the machine you actually own before ordering. The Honda Talon 1000X is covered by a separate part number and is not included here. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the lower arm keep taking damage on my Talon 1000R?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it hangs in the path. On rocky and rutted ground the lower arm meets the obstacle before anything else does, so it absorbs the strike. High clearance geometry raises the arm out of that path, which is a different fix from simply fitting a thicker arm in the same position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat stops the lower arm from rolling over in the mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright. They are part of the kit and that is the job they are specified for — keeping the arm in the orientation it was built to run in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat years of Talon 1000R does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV does not state a year range for this kit, and we are not going to invent one. It is sold by model and fits Talon 1000R models. Confirm the part against your own machine, or ask us before you order if you want it checked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the lower arms and the upper rods in this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2 fixed length high clearance lower arms are set length and carry 5\/8\" \u0026amp; 3\/4\" spherical bearings. The 2 adjustable upper rods use RH\/LH 5\/8 \u0026amp; 3\/4 Rod ends, so their length can be adjusted. Both use 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 and 3\/4 bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any fabrication needed to fit these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement onto the factory mounting points. The only setup step is dialling in the adjustable upper rods once everything is bolted up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I run this kit on a Talon 1000X?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — order the 1000X version. LM UTV builds the Honda Talon 1000X high clearance radius rods as a separate product with its own part number, and this listing covers Talon 1000R models only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV builds around broken and malfunctioning OEM parts rather than adding accessories for the sake of it, pairing in-house engineering and manufacturing with a finish that looks like it belongs on the machine. Parts are Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA and carry a Lifetime warranty, and the catalog runs to tie rods, radius rods and ball joints with more makes, models and parts added regularly. That focus is why this spec sheet can name a bearing construction and a spacer alloy instead of a slogan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Honda Talon 1000R High Clearance Radius Rod Build\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo things to settle before you order: that your machine is a 1000R and not a 1000X, and which finish you want, since machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice is decided at build time. On the car, the parts worth looking at next are the ones the arms bolt into — the mounts, bolts and hardware that took every hit the old arms took. Fit the arms, set the adjustable upper rods, then get an alignment check before the first hard ride rather than after it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does the lower arm keep taking damage on my Talon 1000R?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because it hangs in the path. On rocky and rutted ground the lower arm meets the obstacle before anything else does, so it absorbs the strike. High clearance geometry raises the arm out of that path, which is a different fix from simply fitting a thicker arm in the same position.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What stops the lower arm from rolling over in the mount?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"17-4 Stainless Steel spacers designed to keep the lower arm upright. They are part of the kit and that is the job they are specified for — keeping the arm in the orientation it was built to run in.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What years of Talon 1000R does this fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV does not state a year range for this kit, and we are not going to invent one. It is sold by model and fits Talon 1000R models. Confirm the part against your own machine, or ask us before you order if you want it checked.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the lower arms and the upper rods in this kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The 2 fixed length high clearance lower arms are set length and carry 5\/8\\\" \u0026 3\/4\\\" spherical bearings. The 2 adjustable upper rods use RH\/LH 5\/8 \u0026 3\/4 Rod ends, so their length can be adjusted. Both use 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 and 3\/4 bearings.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is any fabrication needed to fit these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement onto the factory mounting points. The only setup step is dialling in the adjustable upper rods once everything is bolted up.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I run this kit on a Talon 1000X?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No — order the 1000X version. LM UTV builds the Honda Talon 1000X high clearance radius rods as a separate product with its own part number, and this listing covers Talon 1000R models only.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318671999012,"sku":"LMU-RRR-03-02","price":499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318672031780,"sku":"LMU-RRR-03-02-BPC","price":549.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Honda Red Powder Coat","offer_id":51318672064548,"sku":"LMU-RRR-03-02-HRPC","price":569.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Honda Blue Powder Coat","offer_id":51318672097316,"sku":"LMU-RRR-03-02-HBPC","price":569.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/TalonRadiusRod08.jpg?v=1787955054"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-tie-rod-clevis-bolt-kit","title":"LM UTV Tie Rod Clevis Bolt Kit Low Profile","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the LM UTV low profile clevis bolt kit for tie rods with clevis ends.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treated, machined to the correct shoulder and thread length, and includes 2 bolts, and nuts. It is not tied to one machine — it fits tie rods with clevis ends, so it is a universal hardware kit. Laser etched logo, made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSteering hardware is the last place you want a stretched or galled bolt, and the low profile head keeps it from sitting proud where clearance is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow profile high strength steering tie rod clevis bolt kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 bolts, and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits tie rods with clevis ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser etched logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Stretched And Galled Clevis Hardware In UTV Tie Rod Ends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA bolt that has stretched under repeated hard landings.\u003c\/strong\u003e A stretched bolt lets the joint move even when the nut is still tight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGalled threads that fight you on the next teardown.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reused steering hardware is what seizes when you are putting the car back together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHead clearance at the clevis.\u003c\/strong\u003e The low profile head is why this kit exists rather than generic hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGuessing at shoulder length.\u003c\/strong\u003e The bolt is cut to the correct shoulder and thread length instead of clamping on the threads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Anyone Rebuilding Or Installing LM UTV Tie Rods With Clevis Ends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners installing tie rods who want fresh hardware in the clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders replacing steering bolts during an off-season rebuild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who pulled a stretched or galled bolt out of a clevis end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRacers who retire steering hardware on a schedule rather than on failure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need radius rod, toe rod, hub or trailing arm bolts, this is the wrong kit — see the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bolt-kits\"\u003ebolt kits collection\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 bolts, and nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreatment: heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: correct shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProfile: low profile head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarking: laser etched logo\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: BLT-00-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a universal kit. It fits LM UTV tie rods with clevis ends rather than a specific make, model or chassis, and LM UTV publishes no model year range for it. Check that your tie rod uses a clevis end before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat machine does this bolt kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is not sold by machine. It fits LM UTV tie rods with clevis ends, so it is universal steering hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many bolts are in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 2 bolts, and nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the bolts made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does it say low profile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe head is low profile, so it does not stand proud at the clevis where clearance is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the bolt bottom out or clamp on the threads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV specifies the correct shoulder and thread length, so the shoulder carries the clevis rather than the threads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere is it made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA, with a laser etched logo on the hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV makes this hardware in the USA from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treats it, and specifies shoulder and thread length to the joint rather than selling generic bolts by diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Low Profile Tie Rod Clevis Bolt Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm your tie rods use clevis ends, then add the kit to your rebuild. Fresh heat treated stainless in the steering joint is cheap insurance next to pulling a stretched bolt out later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What machine does this bolt kit fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is not sold by machine. It fits LM UTV tie rods with clevis ends, so it is universal steering hardware.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many bolts are in the kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 2 bolts, and nuts.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the bolts made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why does it say low profile?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The head is low profile, so it does not stand proud at the clevis where clearance is tight.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will the bolt bottom out or clamp on the threads?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV specifies the correct shoulder and thread length, so the shoulder carries the clevis rather than the threads.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where is it made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Made in the USA, with a laser etched logo on the hardware.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51318672130084,"sku":"BLT-00-01","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/messages_0_3.jpg?v=1787955054"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-kawasaki-teryx-krx-1000-high-clearance-radius-rods","title":"LM UTV Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000 High Clearance Radius Rods (2020+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIf the OEM radius rods on your Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000 keep catching rocks and rut edges, the fix is clearance and a full set, not one replacement rod.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV six-piece high clearance kit swaps all of them for Billet HD radius rods running RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings with O Ring seals on bearings, so the rods clear the obstacle instead of taking the hit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe set uses two bearing types by position: FKS Spherical bearings rated at 40,000 static radial load and JMX Teflon Heims rated at 18,000 static radial load. All of them are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings (Not Nylon injected) with O Ring seals on bearings, which is what keeps dust out of the race — the failure mode that ends most rod ends in desert use. Rods are 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum on 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2020+ Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000 High Clearance Radius Rods (6 pc) - Billet HD radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix-piece set: radius rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings for on-car adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings (Not Nylon injected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFKS Spherical bearings rated at 40,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJMX Teflon Heims rated at 18,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eO Ring seals on bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless Steel spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished, Black Powder Coat, and Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Radius Rod Strikes And Bearing Contamination On The Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRods dragging and denting on rocks and rut edges.\u003c\/strong\u003e High clearance geometry is the actual answer; a stronger rod in the stock line still sits in the same place and still finds the same rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod ends going gritty and notchy after a few dusty rides.\u003c\/strong\u003e O Ring seals on bearings keep the race sealed instead of letting sand grind it out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNylon-injected ends going slack.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings (Not Nylon injected) — a different construction, not a different brand of the same thing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA bent rod pulling alignment out.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacing all six at once resets the geometry as a system rather than leaving five tired rods around one new one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment that means pulling rods off the machine.\u003c\/strong\u003e RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings let length be set with the rods on the car.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000 Owners In Rocks, Ruts And Heavy Dust\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKRX 1000 owners riding rocky, rutted or technical terrain where the rods are what meets the obstacle first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert and dune riders in fine dust, where unsealed rod ends are consumables rather than parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who have already bent or dragged a factory rod and are done replacing them one at a time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders rebuilding the back of the machine who want to change geometry while everything is apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda Talon and Can-Am Maverick X3 owners need their own machine-specific kits — this is a Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000 part and does not cross over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you ride smooth, groomed ground and have never touched a rod on an obstacle, clearance is not your constraint and the OEM rods may still be doing their job — this kit earns its keep where strikes and dust are the real problem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Billet HD radius rods, high clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: six radius rods with RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings (6 pc)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings (Not Nylon injected)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearing brands and ratings: FKS Spherical bearings rated at 40,000 static radial load; JMX Teflon Heims rated at 18,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealing: O Ring seals on bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings, adjustable on the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machined finished, Black Powder Coat, and Powder Coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-04-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2020+ Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000 models. LM UTV lists this six-piece high clearance kit for the 2020 and newer KRX 1000, and it is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement onto the factory mounting points on those machines. It is not a Honda Talon or Can-Am part, and no other Kawasaki model is covered by this part number. Confirm your model and year before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does high clearance change on a Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt raises the rods relative to what is under the machine, so on rocks and in deep ruts the rod clears the obstacle rather than meeting it. The mounting points are unchanged — LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy rod ends went gritty and notchy after a couple of dusty rides. What is different here?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSealing and construction. These carry O Ring seals on bearings to keep dust out of the race, and they are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings (Not Nylon injected) rather than an injected end that goes slack as it wears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy are there two different bearing ratings in one kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the loads are not the same at every position. The kit uses FKS Spherical bearings rated at 40,000 static radial load and JMX Teflon Heims rated at 18,000 static radial load — two bearing types chosen by job rather than one part used everywhere.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich KRX models and years does this cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits 2020+ KRX 1000. That is the fitment LM UTV publishes for this part number, so check your model year against it and confirm with us if your machine sits outside that range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to cut, drill or weld anything to install the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is listed as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory mounting points. Because the rods run RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings, length can be set with them on the car once they are bolted up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do these compare to the OEM Kawasaki radius rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent geometry and different materials. These are Billet HD radius rods in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum with high clearance shaping, on 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings (Not Nylon injected) with O Ring seals on bearings and 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers, and all six are replaced as a set instead of one at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV parts are Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA and carry a Lifetime warranty, which is a reasonable thing to expect from a company that names the bearing brand and its static radial load rating on the spec sheet instead of calling the whole set heavy duty and moving on. When a listing tells you the bearings are FKS and JMX, what they are rated at, how they are constructed and how they are sealed, you can compare it against what you are running now on a real basis rather than on adjectives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000 High Clearance Radius Rod Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the machine first — this is the 2020+ KRX 1000 kit — then pick your finish, since machined finished, Black Powder Coat, and Powder Coated are chosen at build. When the rods come off, look hard at what they bolt into: the mounts and hardware behind the old rods absorbed every strike the old rods did, and new rods in a tired mount just move the weak point. Bolt the set on, set length at the RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings, and have the alignment checked before the first hard ride rather than after it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does high clearance change on a Kawasaki Teryx KRX 1000?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It raises the rods relative to what is under the machine, so on rocks and in deep ruts the rod clears the obstacle rather than meeting it. The mounting points are unchanged — LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My rod ends went gritty and notchy after a couple of dusty rides. What is different here?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Sealing and construction. These carry O Ring seals on bearings to keep dust out of the race, and they are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings (Not Nylon injected) rather than an injected end that goes slack as it wears.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why are there two different bearing ratings in one kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Because the loads are not the same at every position. The kit uses FKS Spherical bearings rated at 40,000 static radial load and JMX Teflon Heims rated at 18,000 static radial load — two bearing types chosen by job rather than one part used everywhere.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which KRX models and years does this cover?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It fits 2020+ KRX 1000. That is the fitment LM UTV publishes for this part number, so check your model year against it and confirm with us if your machine sits outside that range.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to cut, drill or weld anything to install the kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is listed as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory mounting points. Because the rods run RH\/LH 5\/8 bearings, length can be set with them on the car once they are bolted up.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do these compare to the OEM Kawasaki radius rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Different geometry and different materials. These are Billet HD radius rods in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum with high clearance shaping, on 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 bearings (Not Nylon injected) with O Ring seals on bearings and 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers, and all six are replaced as a set instead of one at a time.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318671507492,"sku":"LMU-RRR-04-01","price":799.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318671540260,"sku":"LMU-RRR-04-01-BPC","price":874.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green Powder Coat","offer_id":51318671573028,"sku":"LMU-RRR-04-01-KGPC","price":894.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue Powder Coat","offer_id":51318671605796,"sku":"LMU-RRR-04-01-KBPC","price":894.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White Powder Coat","offer_id":51318671638564,"sku":"LMU-RRR-04-01-KWPC","price":894.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LMU-RRR-04-01.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-front-gusset-kit","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Front Gusset Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe front A-arm mounts on a Can-Am Maverick X3 are single shear from the factory, and repeated hard landings find that out.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV front gusset kit reinforces the front chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis, using a Front Bulkhead design that makes all A-arm mounts double shear. Direct bolt on, with all hardware included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSingle shear means the load at the mount passes through one point. Double shear supports the bolt on both sides, so the same hit is carried through two points instead of one. That is the whole idea behind this can am x3 front gusset kit: it does not change your suspension geometry, it changes what the front bulkhead has to survive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforces the front chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront Bulkhead design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes all a arm mounts double shear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits all X3 models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack powder coated finish or custom colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in USA, Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Torn And Elongated Front A-Arm Mounts On The Can-Am Maverick X3 Chassis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-shear front A-arm mounts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The factory front end loads each mount through one point. This kit makes all A-arm mounts double shear so the load is shared across two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA front bulkhead area that flexes under repeated impact.\u003c\/strong\u003e LM UTV describes the front chassis as one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis; the gusset kit is a Front Bulkhead design that reinforces it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMount holes that elongate over a season of hard landings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once a mount hole ovals out, bolts start moving and the damage accelerates. Reinforcing before that happens is far cheaper than repairing the chassis after.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCars getting more travel, more power and bigger tires than the OEM front end was drawn around.\u003c\/strong\u003e A front bulkhead gusset kit is one of the cheapest ways to keep the chassis ahead of the build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOwners who do not want to cut or weld a car they still drive daily.\u003c\/strong\u003e LM UTV lists this kit as direct bolt on with all hardware included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners Who Land Hard On The Front End\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDune and desert riders who jump the car and put the landing through the front suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners running long-travel A-arms, larger tires or added power on a stock front bulkhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePreventive builders reinforcing the front chassis before a mount tears rather than after\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone already inside the front end for an A-arm, ball joint or bearing job who wants the gussets in while it is apart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your problem is at the back of the car — cracked rear chassis, rear radius rod mounts moving — this is the wrong end. Look at the LM UTV rear bulkhead kits, which are year-specific for 2017-2021 and 2022+ cars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you want the shock tower tied into the chassis, that is a separate shock tower bulkhead bracket, not this gusset kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Gusset Kits, front\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: Front Bulkhead design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction: reinforces the front chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting result: Makes all a arm mounts double shear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware: All hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle coverage: Fits all X3 models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Black powder coated finish or custom colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-FGK-02-01\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 Can-Am Maverick X3 models. LM UTV lists this front gusset kit as fitting all X3 models, which covers 64\" and 72\" cars and the four-seat Maverick X3 Max. This is the front kit only — the rear chassis uses a separate, year-specific bulkhead kit. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does double shear actually do for the front A-arm mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single-shear mount carries the load at one point on the bolt. Double shear supports the bolt on both sides so the load passes through two points instead of one. LM UTV states this kit makes all a arm mounts double shear, which is the reason it exists.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this front gusset kit require welding or cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists it as direct bolt on with all hardware included. No welding is specified for this kit. If you would rather have a shop do it, it is a straightforward job while the front end is apart for other work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my year of Can-Am Maverick X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models, and it is listed here for 2017 through 2027 cars, including 64\" and 72\" widths and the four-seat X3 Max. Unlike the rear bulkhead kits, the front gusset kit is not split by year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this replace my A-arms or change suspension geometry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a chassis reinforcement, not a suspension part. It is a Front Bulkhead design that reinforces the front chassis and changes how the A-arm mounts are loaded. Your arms, shocks and alignment stay as they are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack powder coated finish or custom colors. Black is the standard option; custom colors are available if you are matching a build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need the rear bulkhead kit as well?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are separate products solving separate problems. This kit addresses the front chassis and A-arm mounts. The rear radius rod mounts are handled by LM UTV's rear bulkhead kits, which are year-specific and have their own requirements. Many owners do both ends, but neither one requires the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to produce UTV products like no other. The company's stated approach is finding solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and creating improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All LM UTV parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. The catalog covers both Polaris and Can-Am models — tie rods, radius rods and ball joints among them — with more makes, models and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforce The Front End Of Your Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are already pulling the front apart, this is the moment to put the gussets in. A front gusset kit that makes all A-arm mounts double shear pairs naturally with fresh ball joints, upper and lower A-arm hardware and heim-end service parts, and the rear chassis deserves the same treatment from the correct year-specific rear bulkhead kit and pull plate. Reinforce the mounts before the mounts decide the schedule for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does double shear actually do for the front A-arm mounts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A single-shear mount carries the load at one point on the bolt. Double shear supports the bolt on both sides so the load passes through two points instead of one. LM UTV states this kit makes all a arm mounts double shear, which is the reason it exists.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this front gusset kit require welding or cutting?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV lists it as direct bolt on with all hardware included. No welding is specified for this kit. If you would rather have a shop do it, it is a straightforward job while the front end is apart for other work.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it fit my year of Can-Am Maverick X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models, and it is listed here for 2017 through 2027 cars, including 64\\\" and 72\\\" widths and the four-seat X3 Max. Unlike the rear bulkhead kits, the front gusset kit is not split by year.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this replace my A-arms or change suspension geometry?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is a chassis reinforcement, not a suspension part. It is a Front Bulkhead design that reinforces the front chassis and changes how the A-arm mounts are loaded. Your arms, shocks and alignment stay as they are.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What finishes are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Black powder coated finish or custom colors. Black is the standard option; custom colors are available if you are matching a build.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need the rear bulkhead kit as well?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are separate products solving separate problems. This kit addresses the front chassis and A-arm mounts. The rear radius rod mounts are handled by LM UTV's rear bulkhead kits, which are year-specific and have their own requirements. Many owners do both ends, but neither one requires the other.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318672162852,"sku":"LMU-FGK-02-01-BPC","price":299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318672195620,"sku":"LMU-FGK-02-01-MGPC","price":324.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318672228388,"sku":"LMU-FGK-02-01-OBPC","price":324.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318672261156,"sku":"LMU-FGK-02-01-OCPC","price":324.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318672293924,"sku":"LMU-FGK-02-01-DTPC","price":324.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318672326692,"sku":"LMU-FGK-02-01-MRPC","price":324.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318672359460,"sku":"LMU-FGK-02-01-IBPC","price":324.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318672392228,"sku":"LMU-FGK-02-01-SBYPC","price":324.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LM-UTVX3FrontGussetKit2.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-r-rear-sway-bar-links","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Pro R Rear Sway Bar Links","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe stock rear sway bar links are a known weak point on the Polaris RZR Pro R.\u003c\/strong\u003e These LM UTV rear sway bar links replace them as a pair, and the set includes 2 links with bearings and spacers. They are a direct bolt-on, made in the USA, and covered by a lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pro R has the power and the suspension travel to load the rear bar hard, so replacing both links at once keeps that load even side to side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear sway bar links for Polaris RZR Pro R models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Broken And Worn Rear Sway Bar Links On The Polaris RZR Pro R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA rear clunk that shows up over chop and whoops.\u003c\/strong\u003e Worn links rattle in their mounts, and the noise grows with the play.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBody control that goes vague in corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slack in the links delays the rear bar instead of letting it work immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA snapped link leaving the bar flopping.\u003c\/strong\u003e With one end disconnected the bar contributes nothing and the loose end is free to knock around.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeat replacements of the same OEM part.\u003c\/strong\u003e These bolt straight in as a pair and carry a lifetime warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Polaris RZR Pro R Owners Replacing Rear Sway Bar Links\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro R and Pro R 4 owners who have broken, bent or worn out a stock rear link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who want the rear clunk gone before it becomes a trailside failure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHard-driven machines where the rear bar needs to work without slack in the links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners refreshing a Pro R rear end and replacing wear parts in pairs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR Turbo R owners need the Turbo R rear sway bar links instead; this is the Pro R part number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Polaris RZR Pro R Rear Sway Bar Links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits RZR Pro R Models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-SBL-01-08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits RZR Pro R models from 2022 forward, including the four-seat Pro R 4. These are the rear links; front links are a separate part number. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, which is one complete pair for the rear sway bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit a four-seat Pro R 4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV lists these as fitting RZR Pro R models, and that covers the four-seat Pro R 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to cut, drill or modify anything to install them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists these as a direct bolt-on, so they go in at the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy replace the stock rear sway bar links at all?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stock links are a known weak point. As they wear you get a rear clunk over chop and lazier body control in corners, and when one finally lets go the sway bar stops doing its job entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if one of these fails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey carry a Lifetime Warranty from LM UTV.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV builds this part in the USA and stands behind it with a lifetime warranty. On a part the factory keeps getting wrong, that is the point: replace it once with something covered for as long as you own the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGet Your RZR Pro R Rear Bar Working Again\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the pair, bolt them in at the factory mounting points, and the rear bar goes back to controlling body roll instead of rattling. If the Pro R is already up on stands, the tie rods, radius rods and ball joints are the other OEM wear points worth checking at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What comes in the box?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The set includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, which is one complete pair for the rear sway bar.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit a four-seat Pro R 4?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV lists these as fitting RZR Pro R models, and that covers the four-seat Pro R 4.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to cut, drill or modify anything to install them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists these as a direct bolt-on, so they go in at the factory mounting points.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why replace the stock rear sway bar links at all?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The stock links are a known weak point. As they wear you get a rear clunk over chop and lazier body control in corners, and when one finally lets go the sway bar stops doing its job entirely.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What happens if one of these fails?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They carry a Lifetime Warranty from LM UTV.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are these made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Made in the USA.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine finish","offer_id":51318672424996,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318672457764,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-BPC","price":284.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318672490532,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-PRPC","price":294.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318672523300,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-PBPC","price":294.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318672556068,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-GGPC","price":294.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318672588836,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-SGPC","price":294.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318672621604,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-LLPC","price":294.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318672654372,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-LSPC","price":294.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318672687140,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-ZBPC","price":294.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318672719908,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-OMPC","price":294.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Troy Lee Blue Powder Coat","offer_id":51318672752676,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-08-TLBPC","price":294.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/1_7dd99aea-c00b-4add-8dcc-2de218136685.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-xp-high-clearance-radius-rods-64","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Pro XP High Clearance Radius Rods 64\" (2020+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Polaris RZR Pro XP puts a lot of travel over a low-hanging factory lower rear radius rod, and rocks and rut edges find it long before they find anything else.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV 64-inch kit is a set of Billet high clearance radius rods in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum, with Massive 3\/4 spherical bearings in the lowers instead of the stock joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the larger-joint kit in the LM UTV Polaris RZR radius rod line: 3\/4 bearings and 3\/4 Rod Ends rather than the 5\/8 hardware used on the older XP cars. The lowers are fixed length so the high clearance geometry holds, the uppers are adjustable for rear toe, and the whole set is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR PRO XP Radius Rods (64in) 2020+ Billet high clearance radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits 2020+ RZR Pro XP 2\/4 Seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 fixed length high clearance lower arms with Massive 3\/4 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 3\/4 Rod Ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece JMX Series Chromoly PTFE lined 3\/4 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless Steel spacers with O Rings designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Low-Hanging And Bent Rear Radius Rods On The 2020+ Polaris RZR Pro XP\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower arms catching rocks and the edges of ruts.\u003c\/strong\u003e The factory lower sits in the strike zone; high clearance geometry is the only change that actually lifts it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA bent arm you cannot straighten.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the rod deforms it holds the wrong rear geometry for good.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear toe moving after a hit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pro XP starts hunting under power and scrubbing the inside of the rear tires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower arms rotating out of plane.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Stainless Steel spacers with O Rings designed to keep the lower arm upright hold the arm square in the mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUndersized rod ends on a heavy, fast car.\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit steps the joints up to Massive 3\/4 spherical bearings and RH\/LH 3\/4 Rod Ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment that means disassembly.\u003c\/strong\u003e The adjustable uppers let rear toe be set with the arms still on the machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2020+ Polaris RZR Pro XP Owners In Rocks, Ruts And Technical Terrain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2020 and newer Polaris RZR Pro XP and Pro XP 4 owners, 2 seat or 4 seat, on the 64-inch chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders in rocky and rutted terrain where the lower rear arm is what makes contact\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners rebuilding a rear end after bending or denting a factory lower rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders who want the larger 3\/4 joint rather than 5\/8 hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP Turbo owners need the 10mm Bolt or 12mm Bolt 64\" kit depending on their year; those are different part numbers and do not cross over to the Pro XP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR Turbo S owners are on the 72-inch chassis and need the 72\" kit instead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: Polaris RZR PRO XP Radius Rods (64in)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: Billet high clearance radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 64in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel: 2020+ RZR Pro XP\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeating: 2\/4 Seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit includes: 2 fixed length high clearance lower arms with Massive 3\/4 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit includes: 2 adjustable upper rods with RH\/LH 3\/4 Rod Ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: 3 Piece JMX Series Chromoly PTFE lined 3\/4 bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: Stainless Steel spacers with O Rings designed to keep the lower arm upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-01-04\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2020 and newer Polaris RZR Pro XP and Polaris RZR Pro XP 4 models through the current model year, in 2 seat and 4 seat form, on the 64-inch chassis. LM UTV states the fitment as: Polaris RZR PRO XP Radius Rods (64in) 2020+ Billet high clearance radius rods, Fits 2020+ RZR Pro XP 2\/4 Seat. This is the Pro XP part number — RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP Turbo cars take the 10mm Bolt or 12mm Bolt kit for their year, and the RZR Turbo S takes the 72-inch kit. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the lower rear radius rod the part that gets damaged on a Polaris RZR Pro XP?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt hangs lower than the rest of the rear suspension, so in rocks and deep ruts it is what makes contact. When it bends, the rear geometry it was holding goes with it. This kit lifts the lower arm with high clearance geometry in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy Pro XP has developed play and clunk in the rear — can the radius rod ends cause that?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Worn or undersized rod ends show up as play, clunk and vague rear tracking. This kit uses 3 Piece JMX Series Chromoly PTFE lined 3\/4 bearings with Stainless Steel spacers with O Rings designed to keep the lower arm upright, so the joint is bigger and held square.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit a Polaris RZR XP 1000, RZR XP Turbo or Turbo S?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This part number is for 2020+ RZR Pro XP 2\/4 Seat. The RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP Turbo take the 64\" 10mm Bolt or 12mm Bolt kit depending on year, and the RZR Turbo S takes the 72-inch kit. None of them interchange with the Pro XP arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the bearings and rod ends in this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEverything is 3\/4. The fixed lower arms use Massive 3\/4 spherical bearings and the adjustable uppers use RH\/LH 3\/4 Rod Ends, all as 3 Piece JMX Series Chromoly PTFE lined 3\/4 bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any cutting or welding needed to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory mounting points. Because the upper rods are adjustable, plan on setting rear alignment once the arms are installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to the LM UTV 64\" kits for the older RZR XP cars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe older 64-inch kits are 5\/8 hardware — 5\/8 spherical bearings and RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims with 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers. This Pro XP kit steps up to Massive 3\/4 spherical bearings, RH\/LH 3\/4 Rod Ends and 3 Piece JMX Series Chromoly PTFE lined 3\/4 bearings, with Stainless Steel spacers with O Rings. Both are Billet high clearance radius rods in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum, but they are cut for different cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other, and its passion for off-roading has led it to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of its parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. LM-UTV offers parts for both the Polaris and Can-Am's various models including tie rods, radius rods and ball joints, with more makes, models and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your Polaris RZR Pro XP High Clearance Rear Suspension\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, confirm you are on a 2020 or newer Pro XP rather than an XP 1000, XP Turbo or Turbo S, since each of those takes a different part number. Then choose a finish: machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated. Once the arms are on, book a rear alignment so the adjustable uppers get set properly, and look at the mounts and hardware the arms bolt into, since that is where the load goes next. Matching Pro XP tie rods and a spare set of 3\/4 bearings are the companion parts worth having on the shelf before a trip rather than after one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why is the lower rear radius rod the part that gets damaged on a Polaris RZR Pro XP?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It hangs lower than the rest of the rear suspension, so in rocks and deep ruts it is what makes contact. When it bends, the rear geometry it was holding goes with it. This kit lifts the lower arm with high clearance geometry in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My Pro XP has developed play and clunk in the rear — can the radius rod ends cause that?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Worn or undersized rod ends show up as play, clunk and vague rear tracking. This kit uses 3 Piece JMX Series Chromoly PTFE lined 3\/4 bearings with Stainless Steel spacers with O Rings designed to keep the lower arm upright, so the joint is bigger and held square.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit a Polaris RZR XP 1000, RZR XP Turbo or Turbo S?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This part number is for 2020+ RZR Pro XP 2\/4 Seat. The RZR XP 1000 and RZR XP Turbo take the 64\\\" 10mm Bolt or 12mm Bolt kit depending on year, and the RZR Turbo S takes the 72-inch kit. None of them interchange with the Pro XP arms.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What size are the bearings and rod ends in this kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Everything is 3\/4. The fixed lower arms use Massive 3\/4 spherical bearings and the adjustable uppers use RH\/LH 3\/4 Rod Ends, all as 3 Piece JMX Series Chromoly PTFE lined 3\/4 bearings.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is any cutting or welding needed to install these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement using the factory mounting points. Because the upper rods are adjustable, plan on setting rear alignment once the arms are installed.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does this compare to the LM UTV 64\\\" kits for the older RZR XP cars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The older 64-inch kits are 5\/8 hardware — 5\/8 spherical bearings and RH\/LH 5\/8 Heims with 17-4 Stainless Steel spacers. This Pro XP kit steps up to Massive 3\/4 spherical bearings, RH\/LH 3\/4 Rod Ends and 3 Piece JMX Series Chromoly PTFE lined 3\/4 bearings, with Stainless Steel spacers with O Rings. Both are Billet high clearance radius rods in 6061 Aircraft grade aluminum, but they are cut for different cars.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318673047588,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318673080356,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04-BPC","price":649.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318673113124,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04-PRPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318673145892,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04-PBPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318673178660,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04-GGPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318673211428,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04-SGPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318673244196,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04-LLPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318673276964,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04-LSPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318673309732,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04-ZBPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318673342500,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-04-OMPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/image_4a6ff8af-0986-459e-b579-c615183eaaa3.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-rear-bulkhead-kit-2022","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Rear Bulkhead Kit (2022+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRead this before ordering: LM UTV lists the required companion part for this kit as its rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 ), but that part number is the 2017-2021 rear plate and this bulkhead kit is for 2022 and newer cars, so confirm the correct plate for your car with us before you order.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit reinforces the rear chassis, puts the rear radius rods in double shear and reverses the rear bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe requirement itself is not in doubt — LM UTV states this bulkhead must be used with its rear pull plate, and it is not a standalone part. What needs checking is which plate part number is correct for a 2022+ car. We would rather flag that now than have you fit a 2017-2021 plate to a 2022 chassis and find out on the bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires the LM UTV rear pull plate — LM UTV lists it as \"Must be used with our rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 )\", which is the 2017-2021 plate part number, so confirm the correct plate for a 2022+ car before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear Bulkhead design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePuts the rear radius rods in double shear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReverses the rear bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt on but will need to drill a few holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be welded on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits all X3 models Made in 2022 or after\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack powder coated finish or custom colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in USA, Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Single-Shear Rear Radius Rod Mounts On The 2022 And Newer Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear radius rod mounts that tear or elongate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The factory mounts are single shear. This kit puts the rear radius rods in double shear so the load passes through two points instead of one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA rear chassis section LM UTV calls one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Rear Bulkhead design reinforces the rear chassis and adds strength there.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear bolts sitting the wrong way round.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit reverses the rear bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHaving to pull the whole rear plate to change one rod.\u003c\/strong\u003e The design allows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforcement that has to hold up long term.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is direct bolt on but will need to drill a few holes, and it can be welded on for a permanent installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2022 And Newer Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners Reinforcing The Rear Chassis\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners of 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 Maverick X3 cars, 64\" or 72\", including the four-seat X3 Max\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who land the car on the rear end and are working the rear radius rod mounts hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who have already damaged a rear mount and want it rebuilt in double shear rather than repaired back to stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders adding power, travel or tire size beyond what the OEM rear mounts were designed around\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone comfortable drilling a few holes, or having the kit welded on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not order this as a standalone part. LM UTV requires it to be used with its rear pull plate, and the part number it lists ( LMU-RRP-02-01 ) is the 2017-2021 plate — ask us to confirm the right plate for your 2022+ car first\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2017-2021 cars need the 2017-2021 rear bulkhead kit instead; this one is listed for cars made in 2022 or after\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the problem is the front A-arm mounts rather than the rear radius rods, the LM UTV front gusset kit is the part for that end of the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Bulk Heads, rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired companion part: LM UTV states \"Must be used with our rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 )\". LMU-RRP-02-01 is LM UTV's 2017-2021 rear pull plate, so confirm the correct plate for a 2022+ car before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: Rear Bulkhead design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad path: Puts the rear radius rods in double shear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolt orientation: Reverses the rear bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServiceability: Allows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt on but will need to drill a few holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlternative installation: Can be welded on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware: All hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle coverage: Fits all X3 models Made in 2022 or after\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Black powder coated finish or custom colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRP-02-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 Can-Am Maverick X3 models. LM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models Made in 2022 or after, which covers 64\" and 72\" cars and the four-seat Maverick X3 Max in those years. Cars built from 2017-2021 use the separate 2017-2021 rear bulkhead kit. On the companion plate: LM UTV lists the required plate as Part # LMU-RRP-02-01, which is its 2017-2021 rear pull plate, so contact us to confirm the correct rear pull plate for a 2022 or newer car before ordering rather than assuming that number is right. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich rear pull plate does this 2022+ kit actually need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists the requirement as \"Must be used with our rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 )\". That part number is LM UTV's 2017-2021 rear pull plate, while this bulkhead kit is listed for cars made in 2022 or after, so the two do not line up. The requirement to run a pull plate is real; the part number needs confirming. Contact us before ordering and we will confirm the correct rear pull plate for your 2022 or newer car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I run this bulkhead kit without a pull plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV states the bulkhead must be used with its rear pull plate. It is designed as part of a two-piece rear assembly, not as a standalone reinforcement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does putting the rear radius rods in double shear change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory rear radius rod mounts are single shear, so the load passes through one point. Double shear supports the bolt on both sides and carries the same landing through two points. That is the OEM failure point this kit is built around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a true bolt-on, or does it need drilling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists it as direct bolt on but will need to drill a few holes. Budget time for drilling. All hardware is included, and it can be welded on if you prefer a permanent installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit a 2020 Can-Am Maverick X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is listed for all X3 models made in 2022 or after. LM UTV builds a separate rear bulkhead kit for 2017-2021 cars and the two are not interchangeable. Check your model year first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to remove the rear plate to change one radius rod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The design allows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate, so a single rod can come out without dismantling the whole rear of the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to produce UTV products like no other. The company's stated approach is finding solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and creating improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All LM UTV parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. The catalog spans both Polaris and Can-Am models — tie rods, radius rods and ball joints among them — with more makes, models and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSet Up The Rear End Of Your 2022+ Can-Am Maverick X3 Correctly\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulkhead only does its job as part of a pair with an LM UTV rear pull plate, so start there: message us with your model year and we will confirm which plate goes with this kit before anything ships. Once the rear mounts are in double shear, upgraded rear radius rods, fresh heims and bearings and the front gusset kit for the A-arm mounts are the logical next steps. One order, the right parts, no return shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which rear pull plate does this 2022+ kit actually need?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV lists the requirement as \\\"Must be used with our rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 )\\\". That part number is LM UTV's 2017-2021 rear pull plate, while this bulkhead kit is listed for cars made in 2022 or after, so the two do not line up. The requirement to run a pull plate is real; the part number needs confirming. Contact us before ordering and we will confirm the correct rear pull plate for your 2022 or newer car.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I run this bulkhead kit without a pull plate?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV states the bulkhead must be used with its rear pull plate. It is designed as part of a two-piece rear assembly, not as a standalone reinforcement.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does putting the rear radius rods in double shear change?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The factory rear radius rod mounts are single shear, so the load passes through one point. Double shear supports the bolt on both sides and carries the same landing through two points. That is the OEM failure point this kit is built around.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this a true bolt-on, or does it need drilling?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV lists it as direct bolt on but will need to drill a few holes. Budget time for drilling. All hardware is included, and it can be welded on if you prefer a permanent installation.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this fit a 2020 Can-Am Maverick X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This kit is listed for all X3 models made in 2022 or after. LM UTV builds a separate rear bulkhead kit for 2017-2021 cars and the two are not interchangeable. Check your model year first.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to remove the rear plate to change one radius rod?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The design allows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate, so a single rod can come out without dismantling the whole rear of the car.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318672785444,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-05-BPC","price":239.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318672818212,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-05-MGPC","price":244.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318672850980,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-05-OBPC","price":244.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318672883748,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-05-OCPC","price":244.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318672916516,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-05-DTPC","price":244.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318672949284,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-05-MRPC","price":244.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318672982052,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-05-IBPC","price":244.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318673014820,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-05-SBYPC","price":244.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/image_f61a5fc1-fa8a-4ac4-a44a-160bd4ce090e.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-r-rear-toe-rods","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Pro R Rear Toe Rods (2022+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn a 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R, rear toe is set at the OEM eccentric bolt, and that cam adjuster is the part you end up fighting every time the rear alignment needs to move.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are the 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R Rear Toe Rods: 2 massive toe link radius rods with HUGE 3\/4 JMX Rod ends that eliminate the OEM eccentric bolt and give you RH \/ LH Ends for easy, on-car adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a two-rod kit. It replaces the rear toe link and its eccentric adjuster only — your radius rods stay on the machine. The rods are Massive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods with Stainless Steel bearing spacers, and each one uses a 1 piece clevis CNC machined from 4340.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 massive toe link radius rods with HUGE 3\/4 JMX Rod ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEliminates the OEM eccentric bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRH \/ LH Ends for easy, on-car adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 piece clevis CNC machined from 4340\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMassive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless Steel bearing spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: OEM Eccentric Bolt Rear Toe Adjustment On The Polaris RZR Pro R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear toe that can only be moved at the OEM eccentric bolt.\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt and puts the adjustment in the rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment work that means loosening and re-setting a cam every time.\u003c\/strong\u003e RH \/ LH Ends give easy, on-car adjustments instead.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA seized or worn eccentric adjuster that will not hold a setting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Removing it removes that failure point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA toe link that is the soft part of the rear end.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are Massive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods with a 1 piece clevis CNC machined from 4340.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R Owners Who Set Their Own Rear Alignment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro R owners who want rear toe adjustable on the car rather than at the eccentric bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners re-aligning the rear after suspension work, a rebuild or a hard hit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who has already fought a seized OEM eccentric adjuster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a radius rod kit — if your radius rods are bent, or you want High Clearance geometry under the lower rod, this kit does not address that and a Pro R radius rod kit is the part you want\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR Turbo R owners need the Turbo R rear toe rod part number, not this one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 massive toe link radius rods with HUGE 3\/4 JMX Rod ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: Massive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3\/4 JMX Rod ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClevis: 1 piece clevis CNC machined from 4340\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: Stainless Steel bearing spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: RH \/ LH Ends for easy, on-car adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces: Eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: RRR-01-08-TOE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 Polaris RZR Pro R models. LM UTV lists this part as 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R Rear Toe Rods. Our store fitment data also covers the four-seat RZR Pro R 4. It is not the Turbo R kit, which carries its own part number. Confirm your model and model year before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the problem with the OEM eccentric bolt on a Pro R?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a cam adjuster, so rear toe is set by rotating a bolt rather than by changing a rod length. This kit eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt and moves the adjustment into the rod itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy rear toe keeps drifting after hard rides. Is this the fix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the drift is coming from a worn or slipping eccentric adjuster, then removing that adjuster addresses it directly. If it is coming from a bent radius rod or another worn rear-end component, sort that first — a toe rod will not correct a damaged rod.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit a RZR Turbo R or a Pro S?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this part as 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R Rear Toe Rods, and our store fitment data covers the Pro R and the four-seat Pro R 4. The Turbo R kit is a separate part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the clevis made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach rod uses a 1 piece clevis CNC machined from 4340. The rods themselves are Massive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods with Stainless Steel bearing spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does installation involve?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit replaces the factory rear toe link and eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt, then toe is set at the rod using the RH \/ LH Ends. LM UTV does not publish torque specs or a step-by-step procedure with this kit, so follow your service manual for the rear suspension fasteners and get a rear alignment afterward.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from a radius rod kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA radius rod kit replaces the rods that locate the rear trailing arm and carry suspension load. This kit is two rear toe links only. They do different jobs and one does not substitute for the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV parts are Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA, and carry a lifetime warranty. The company targets specific OEM weak points and annoyances on Polaris and Can-Am machines — the rear eccentric toe adjuster being one of them — rather than covering every category thinly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDial Rear Toe On Your Polaris RZR Pro R With LM UTV Rear Toe Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, confirm you are on a Pro R or Pro R 4 rather than a Turbo R, since those are different part numbers. Book a rear alignment for straight after the install, because the whole point of the kit is that toe becomes yours to set. If the radius rods on the same corner are bent or getting hit, deal with those in the same job — the Pro R radius rod kits, straight and High Clearance, are separate parts and neither is replaced by these toe rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the problem with the OEM eccentric bolt on a Pro R?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a cam adjuster, so rear toe is set by rotating a bolt rather than by changing a rod length. This kit eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt and moves the adjustment into the rod itself.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My rear toe keeps drifting after hard rides. Is this the fix?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If the drift is coming from a worn or slipping eccentric adjuster, then removing that adjuster addresses it directly. If it is coming from a bent radius rod or another worn rear-end component, sort that first — a toe rod will not correct a damaged rod.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit a RZR Turbo R or a Pro S?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this part as 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R Rear Toe Rods, and our store fitment data covers the Pro R and the four-seat Pro R 4. The Turbo R kit is a separate part number.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the clevis made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Each rod uses a 1 piece clevis CNC machined from 4340. The rods themselves are Massive 1.25in 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rods with Stainless Steel bearing spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does installation involve?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The kit replaces the factory rear toe link and eliminates the OEM eccentric bolt, then toe is set at the rod using the RH \/ LH Ends. LM UTV does not publish torque specs or a step-by-step procedure with this kit, so follow your service manual for the rear suspension fasteners and get a rear alignment afterward.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is this different from a radius rod kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A radius rod kit replaces the rods that locate the rear trailing arm and carry suspension load. This kit is two rear toe links only. They do different jobs and one does not substitute for the other.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318673473572,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318673506340,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-BPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318673539108,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-PRPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318673571876,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-PBPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318673604644,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-GGPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318673637412,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-SGPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318673670180,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-LLPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318673702948,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-LSPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318673735716,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-ZBPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318673768484,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-OMPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Troy Lee Blue Powder Coat","offer_id":51318673801252,"sku":"RRR-01-08-TOE-TLBPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/1_b5fc7f10-49e9-4f67-961f-4705b85518c2.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-honda-talon-1000r-tie-rods","title":"LM UTV Honda Talon 1000R Tie Rods","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn a Honda Talon 1000R, a bent tie rod does not just look wrong — it moves toe, and the machine fights you from that moment on.\u003c\/strong\u003e These LM UTV Honda Talon 1000R 7075 Steering Tie Rods are CNC machined from 7075 aluminum, run 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends, and use the OEM inner joint, so the upgrade lands where the damage actually happens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is two adjustable length rods with Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins at the joint, which means the alignment is set on the car instead of inherited from a fixed part. It is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, available in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHonda Talon 1000R 7075 Steering Tie Rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCNC machined from 7075 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Adjustable length tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the OEM inner joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent Tie Rods And Wandering Toe On The Honda Talon 1000R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA rod that bends on the first hard hit at the wheel.\u003c\/strong\u003e These rods are CNC machined from 7075 aluminum instead of formed from thin factory stock, so the rod stops being the part that folds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToe that shifts after an impact.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the rod is tweaked the front end tracks wrong, tires scrub, and every following hit lands on geometry that is already off.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOuter ends that get loose and gritty.\u003c\/strong\u003e The outers are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends — a jointed, serviceable end rather than a sealed factory ball.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlay working its way into the pin connection.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins carry that joint instead of a soft plated pin that wears oval.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment you cannot dial in.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both rods are adjustable length, so toe is a setting you make rather than a number you accept.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Honda Talon 1000R Owners Rebuilding Steering Around A Healthy OEM Inner Joint\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTalon 1000R owners who have bent or dented a factory tie rod and want a stronger part in its place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders in rocks, ruts and rough desert lines where the front wheels take direct impacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners with play at the outer end and a tight inner joint — this kit uses the OEM inner joint and leaves it in service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants to set front toe precisely, since the kit is 2 Adjustable length tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders who want the steering to match the rest of the machine, in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your machine is a Honda Talon 1000X, this is the wrong part number — LM UTV lists Talon 1000X tie rods as their own kit, so buy by the badge on the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Honda Talon R 7075 Steering Tie Rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 Adjustable length tie rods; Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins; 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner joint: Uses the OEM inner joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: CNC machined from 7075 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePins: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: 2 Adjustable length tie rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-03-02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits Honda Talon 1000R models. LM UTV sells this kit by model rather than by model year, so there is no published year range to check against — confirm the parts against your own machine before ordering. The Honda Talon 1000X is a separate part number and is not covered here. The kit uses the OEM inner joint, so that joint has to be in serviceable condition on your machine. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat actually fails on a factory Honda Talon 1000R tie rod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo things: the rod itself bends under a direct hit at the wheel, and the outer joint wears until there is play in the steering. This kit answers both with a rod CNC machined from 7075 aluminum and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eI can feel slop in the steering. Is this the right fix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt depends where the slop is. Play at the outer end or at the pin is what this kit addresses, with new 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends and Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins. Play in the OEM inner joint is not covered, because the kit uses that joint rather than replacing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich model years does this kit cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV publishes no year range for it. The kit is sold by model — it fits Talon 1000R models — so the honest answer is to confirm the parts against your own machine instead of against a year. Ask us first if you want that confirmed for your specific car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the rods adjustable, and what holds the joint together?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the kit is 2 Adjustable length tie rods, so front toe is set with the rods on the machine. At the joint the kit uses Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins, and the rod ends are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is involved in the install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so no cutting, drilling or welding is needed and the factory mounting points are used. The OEM inner joint stays on the machine. Set the length on both rods, then align the front end before the first real ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this differ from the Honda Talon 1000X tie rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are separate kits with separate part numbers. This one is listed for Talon 1000R models and the other for Talon 1000X models. The construction reads similarly on paper, but the parts are model specific, so order against the badge on your machine rather than against the Talon name.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV products aimed squarely at broken or malfunctioning OEM parts, and every part is Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA with a Lifetime warranty behind it. Building in-house is why a Honda Talon steering kit like this one can state the rod-end construction, the pin alloy and exactly what it does with the inner joint rather than leaving it to a photo.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish Your Honda Talon 1000R Steering Tie Rod Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the badge first — a Talon 1000X takes a different part number — then choose the finish, since machined finished, Black Powder Coat or Powder coated to the color of your choice is decided at build time. With the old rods off, inspect the OEM inner joint for play, because this kit carries it over and a worn inner will undo the improvement. Set the adjustable length on both rods, align the front end, and recheck toe after a shakedown run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What actually fails on a factory Honda Talon 1000R tie rod?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Two things: the rod itself bends under a direct hit at the wheel, and the outer joint wears until there is play in the steering. This kit answers both with a rod CNC machined from 7075 aluminum and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"I can feel slop in the steering. Is this the right fix?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It depends where the slop is. Play at the outer end or at the pin is what this kit addresses, with new 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends and Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins. Play in the OEM inner joint is not covered, because the kit uses that joint rather than replacing it.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which model years does this kit cover?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV publishes no year range for it. The kit is sold by model — it fits Talon 1000R models — so the honest answer is to confirm the parts against your own machine instead of against a year. Ask us first if you want that confirmed for your specific car.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are the rods adjustable, and what holds the joint together?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, the kit is 2 Adjustable length tie rods, so front toe is set with the rods on the machine. At the joint the kit uses Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel pins, and the rod ends are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Rod-ends.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is involved in the install?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so no cutting, drilling or welding is needed and the factory mounting points are used. The OEM inner joint stays on the machine. Set the length on both rods, then align the front end before the first real ride.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does this differ from the Honda Talon 1000X tie rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are separate kits with separate part numbers. This one is listed for Talon 1000R models and the other for Talon 1000X models. The construction reads similarly on paper, but the parts are model specific, so order against the badge on your machine rather than against the Talon name.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318673375268,"sku":"LMU-STR-03-02","price":224.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318673408036,"sku":"LMU-STR-03-02-BPC","price":240.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Honda Red","offer_id":51318673440804,"sku":"LMU-STR-03-02-HRPC","price":249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/TalonRTieRods.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-turbo-r-rear-sway-bar-links","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Turbo R Rear Sway Bar Links","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe stock rear sway bar links are a known weak point on the Polaris RZR Turbo R.\u003c\/strong\u003e These LM UTV rear sway bar links replace them as a pair, and the set includes 2 links with bearings and spacers. They are a direct bolt-on, made in the USA, and covered by a lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are already replacing a broken link, replacing both at once keeps the rear bar loaded evenly side to side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear sway bar links for Polaris RZR Turbo R models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Broken And Worn Rear Sway Bar Links On The Polaris RZR Turbo R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClunking from the rear over chop and whoops.\u003c\/strong\u003e A worn link is the usual source, and it gets louder as the play grows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSloppy body control in corners.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slack in the links means the rear bar starts working late instead of right away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA snapped link leaving the bar flopping.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once one end lets go the bar does nothing, and the loose end is free to bang around back there.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeing down a machine over a small part.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are a direct bolt-on pair, so the fix is a parking lot job rather than a project.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Polaris RZR Turbo R Owners Replacing Rear Sway Bar Links\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo R and Turbo R 4 owners who have broken, bent or worn out a stock rear link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders chasing a rear clunk before it turns into a failure on the trail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who want the rear bar working the way it should on a hard-ridden machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who would rather carry a lifetime warranty part than replace the same OEM link again\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR Pro R owners need the Pro R rear sway bar links instead; this is the Turbo R part number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: Polaris RZR Turbo R Rear Sway Bar Links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits RZR Turbo R Models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-SBL-01-07\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits RZR Turbo R models, including the four-seat Turbo R 4. LM UTV lists this part by model rather than by year range. These are the rear links; front links are a separate part number. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat comes in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe set includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, which is one complete pair for the rear sway bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit a four-seat Turbo R 4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV lists these as fitting RZR Turbo R models, and that covers the four-seat Turbo R 4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to cut, drill or modify anything to install them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists these as a direct bolt-on, so they go in at the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy replace the stock rear sway bar links at all?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stock links are a known weak point. As they wear you get a rear clunk over chop and lazier body control in corners, and when one finally lets go the sway bar stops doing its job entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if one of these fails?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey carry a Lifetime Warranty from LM UTV.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere are these made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV builds this part in the USA and stands behind it with a lifetime warranty. That is the whole pitch on a part like this: a stock link that keeps breaking gets replaced once with something covered for as long as you own it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGet Your RZR Turbo R Rear Bar Working Again\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the pair, bolt them in at the factory mounting points, and the rear bar is back to doing its job. If your machine is due for a broader refresh, the tie rods, radius rods and ball joints are the other OEM wear points worth looking at while the RZR Turbo R is already up on stands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What comes in the box?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The set includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, which is one complete pair for the rear sway bar.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit a four-seat Turbo R 4?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV lists these as fitting RZR Turbo R models, and that covers the four-seat Turbo R 4.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to cut, drill or modify anything to install them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists these as a direct bolt-on, so they go in at the factory mounting points.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why replace the stock rear sway bar links at all?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The stock links are a known weak point. As they wear you get a rear clunk over chop and lazier body control in corners, and when one finally lets go the sway bar stops doing its job entirely.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What happens if one of these fails?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They carry a Lifetime Warranty from LM UTV.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are these made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Made in the USA.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine finish","offer_id":51318673834020,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07","price":174.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318673866788,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07-BPC","price":184.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318673899556,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07-PRPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318673932324,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07-PBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318673965092,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07-GGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318673997860,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07-SGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318674030628,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07-LLPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318674063396,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07-LSPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318674096164,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07-ZBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318674128932,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-07-OMPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/SBL-01-07Both.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-r-rear-radius-rod-plate","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Pro R Rear Radius Rod Plate (2022+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe rear radius rod mount is one of the weakest parts of the Pro R chassis, and it is the part that decides whether a big landing costs you nothing or costs you a rear end.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV rear radius rod plate reinforces the rear chassis and adds strength right there, with a D Ring included for recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt is 5 Axis Machined from 6061 and goes on as a direct bolt on replacement, in machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the Chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eD Ring included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Axis Machined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt on replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: A Weak Rear Radius Rod Mount On The 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R And Turbo R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA mount that folds or tears under a hard landing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear rod load concentrates in a small area of the chassis; the plate spreads it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt holes that elongate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once they egg out, the rods move and rear geometry stops repeating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRadius rods as the next casualty.\u003c\/strong\u003e A deformed mount loads the rod off-axis and shortens its life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNowhere solid to hook a strap.\u003c\/strong\u003e The included D Ring gives recovery a defined attachment point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R And Turbo R Owners Riding Fast, Rough Terrain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4 owners on 2022 and newer cars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert and dune riders landing the rear end hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who want a recovery point on the back of the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR XP 1000, XP Turbo, Turbo S and Velocity owners need the rear pull plate for their platform instead — a tow hook pull plate, not this radius rod plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 owners need the X3 rear radius rod plate for their model year\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluded: D Ring included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial and machining: 5 Axis Machined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt on replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment: Fits all 2022 RzR Pro R and Turbo R\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRP-01-04\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all 2022 RZR Pro R and Turbo R — 2022 through 2027 Polaris RZR Pro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this plate do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt reinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the chassis — the area the rear radius rods bolt into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs a D ring included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. D Ring included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is it machined?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is 5 Axis Machined from 6061.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes installation require cutting or welding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a Direct bolt on replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit a Turbo S or an XP 1000?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This plate fits 2022 and newer RZR Pro R and Turbo R models. Other RZR platforms use different part numbers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV targets the OEM spots that fail on hard-ridden UTVs and rebuilds them as bolt-on parts. This one is 5 Axis Machined from 6061 and Made in USA, with the D Ring included rather than sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReinforce The Pro R Rear End Before It Bends\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf your 2022 or newer Pro R or Turbo R sees big landings, add the plate before the mount gives. Pick your finish and order the plate that matches your car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does this plate do?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It reinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the chassis — the area the rear radius rods bolt into.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is a D ring included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. D Ring included.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is it machined?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is 5 Axis Machined from 6061.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does installation require cutting or welding?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. It is a Direct bolt on replacement.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What finishes are available?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It comes machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this fit a Turbo S or an XP 1000?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This plate fits 2022 and newer RZR Pro R and Turbo R models. Other RZR platforms use different part numbers.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318674161700,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04","price":249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318674194468,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-BPC","price":269.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318674227236,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-PRPC","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318674260004,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-PBPC","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318674292772,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-GGPC","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318674325540,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-SGPC","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318674358308,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-LLPC","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318674391076,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-LSPC","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318674423844,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-ZBPC","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318674456612,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-OMPC","price":279.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Troy Lee Blue Powder Coat","offer_id":51318674489380,"sku":"LMU-RRP-01-04-TLBPC","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/lmu-rrp-01-04_1_ba03b079-bb47-4214-9a3b-3c82979cee8b.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-r-radius-rod-bolt-kit","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Pro R Radius Rod Bolt Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the LM UTV high strength rear radius rod bolt kit for the Polaris RZR Pro R and Turbo R.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treated, with the correct shoulder and thread length. The kit includes bolts, washers and nylon locking nuts, and each bolt carries a laser-etched logo and individual install locaitons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFactory suspension bolts stretch and gall under repeated hard landings, and a stretched bolt lets the joint move even when the nut is still tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear radius rod bolt kit for the Polaris RZR Pro R and Turbo R\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes bolts, washers and nylon locking nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-etched logo and individual install locaitons on the bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits all Pro R and Turbo R models, for the radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Stretched Rear Radius Rod Hardware On The Polaris RZR Pro R And Turbo R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolts that yield under repeated hard landings.\u003c\/strong\u003e A stretched bolt lets the rod end move even though the nut still torques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGalled hardware on teardown.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reused rear bolts seize halfway out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolts going back in the wrong holes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Individual install locaitons are etched on the bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Pro R And Turbo R Owners Servicing The Rear Radius Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4 owners doing a rear rod rebuild\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners refreshing a high-hour desert or dune car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who has pulled a stretched rod bolt out of the rear end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need rear \u003cem\u003etoe\u003c\/em\u003e rod hardware, this is the wrong kit — order the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-r-toe-rod-bolt-kit\"\u003ePro R Toe Rod Bolt Kit\u003c\/a\u003e, LMU-BLT-01-08-Toe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: bolts, washers and nylon locking nuts — quantities not published\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreatment: heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: correct shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition: rear radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarking: laser-etched logo and individual install locaitons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-BLT-01-08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2022-2027 Polaris RZR Pro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4 models. LM UTV states it fits all Pro R and Turbo R models, for the radius rods — the rear toe rods use a separate part number. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich machines does this kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4 models from 2022 through 2027.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many bolts and washers are in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe quantity is not published. LM UTV's parts list reads \"Includes # bolts, # washers and nylon locking nuts\" with the counts never filled in. We will not guess — contact the store for an exact count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the radius rod kit or the toe rod kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe radius rod kit. The rear toe rod kit is part number LMU-BLT-01-08-Toe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the bolts made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated, cut to the correct shoulder and thread length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know which bolt goes where?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bolts carry individual install locaitons, so each is marked for its position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre nuts and washers included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Washers and nylon locking nuts come with the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV makes this kit in the USA from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treats it, then etches install locaitons onto the individual bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Rear Radius Rod Bolt Kit For Your Pro R Or Turbo R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the rear rods are coming off anyway, put new heat treated stainless through the joints rather than reusing bolts that have taken a season of landings. Check radius rod versus toe rod hardware first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which machines does this kit fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Pro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4 models from 2022 through 2027.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many bolts and washers are in the kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The quantity is not published. LM UTV's parts list reads \\\"Includes # bolts, # washers and nylon locking nuts\\\" with the counts never filled in. We will not guess — contact the store for an exact count.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the radius rod kit or the toe rod kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The radius rod kit. The rear toe rod kit is part number LMU-BLT-01-08-Toe.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the bolts made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated, cut to the correct shoulder and thread length.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know which bolt goes where?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The bolts carry individual install locaitons, so each is marked for its position.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are nuts and washers included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Washers and nylon locking nuts come with the kit.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51318674522148,"sku":"LMU-BLT-01-08","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/01-08c.jpg?v=1787955055"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-r-radius-rods-74","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Pro R Radius Rods 74\" (2022+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFactory radius rods on the 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R bend before the chassis does, and a bent rod does not go back to the length it left the factory at.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV kit is the 74 inch 7075 Straight radius rods set: 4 adjustable length straight radius rods with 3\/4 spherical bearings, fitted as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement so rod length is set on purpose instead of inherited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe rods are 7075 Aircraft-grade aluminum and run JMX12T left and right hand 3 Piece Chromoly PTFE lined bearings with Stainless Steel spacers. Straight geometry keeps the kit close to the factory line, which is the right choice on a Pro R that spends its time in dunes and open desert, where clearance underneath the rod is not the thing limiting you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R 74 inch 7075 Straight radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 adjustable length straight radius rods with 3\/4 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft-grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJMX12T left and right hand 3 Piece Chromoly PTFE lined bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless Steel spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent And Non-Adjustable Factory Radius Rods On The 74 Inch Polaris RZR Pro R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA rod that took a landing and stayed bent.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the length has changed, the alignment you set is gone and it does not come back on its own.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo way to correct rod length after the fact.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are 4 adjustable length straight radius rods, so length is a setting rather than a fixed dimension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTired factory rod ends.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit runs JMX12T left and right hand 3 Piece Chromoly PTFE lined bearings with Stainless Steel spacers in place of the OEM ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacing one rod at a time.\u003c\/strong\u003e All four rods are replaced together so the geometry is set as a matched set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA repair that turns into fabrication.\u003c\/strong\u003e LM UTV lists this kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 74 Inch Polaris RZR Pro R Owners Riding Dunes And Open Desert\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro R and Pro R 4 owners on the 74 inch chassis — LM UTV lists this kit as Fits 2022+ RZR Pro R \/ RZR Pro R 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDune riders loading the suspension through soft transitions and steep faces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-speed desert riders who want the factory rod line with a stronger rod and a serviceable bearing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners rebuilding after bending a factory rod who want the length adjustable next time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you ride rocky or heavily rutted terrain and the lower rod is what keeps getting hit, the LM UTV High Clearance kit is the better fit — straight rods sit in the same place the factory rod does\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR Turbo R and Pro S owners need a different part: this kit is listed for RZR Pro R and Pro R 4 only, and the High Clearance kit is the one that lists Turbo R and Pro S. RZR XP 1000 owners are on a different chassis again and need their own radius rod part number\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 4 adjustable length straight radius rods with 3\/4 spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: straight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: 7075 Aircraft-grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: JMX12T left and right hand 3 Piece Chromoly PTFE lined bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: Stainless Steel spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: adjustable length straight radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 74 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-01-09\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 Polaris RZR Pro R models on the 74 inch chassis, including the four-seat RZR Pro R 4. LM UTV lists this part as 2022+ Polaris RZR Pro R 74 inch 7075 Straight radius rods, and Fits 2022+ RZR Pro R \/ RZR Pro R 4. It is not listed for the RZR Turbo R or Pro S, and it is not an XP 1000 part. Confirm your model and model year before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy Pro R keeps bending factory radius rods. What changes with this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rod itself changes. These are 7075 Aircraft-grade aluminum straight rods running JMX12T left and right hand 3 Piece Chromoly PTFE lined bearings, replacing the factory rod and its ends as a complete set of four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I set rod length after the rods are on the machine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is 4 adjustable length straight radius rods with 3\/4 spherical bearings, so length is adjustable rather than fixed at a single factory dimension. Set your alignment after any length change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit a RZR Turbo R, a Pro S or an XP 1000?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this kit as Fits 2022+ RZR Pro R \/ RZR Pro R 4 on the 74 inch chassis. Turbo R and Pro S owners should look at the High Clearance kit, which lists those models, and the XP 1000 is a different chassis entirely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat finishes is this kit available in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is available in machined finished or Black Powder Coat. Unlike the High Clearance kit, custom colors are not listed for this part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any cutting or welding needed to fit these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this compare to the High Clearance radius rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is four straight rods in 7075 Aircraft-grade aluminum that follow close to the factory line. The High Clearance kit is 6061 Aircraft-grade aluminum with 2 High Clearance lower rods that sit higher to clear obstacles. Straight for dunes and open desert speed, High Clearance for rocks and ruts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn LM UTV's own words: here at LM-UTV we have combined our engineering and manufacturing knowledge with our modern design skills to produce UTV products like no other. Our passion for off-roading has led us to find solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and create improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All of our parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSet Up Your 74 Inch Polaris RZR Pro R Straight Radius Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, confirm you are on a RZR Pro R or Pro R 4 rather than a Turbo R or Pro S, and pick your finish — machined finished or Black Powder Coat. After the rods are on, get an alignment, because the rods are adjustable length and the setting you leave them at is the one you will ride. From there, the LM UTV Pro R rear toe rods are the logical companion: they eliminate the OEM eccentric bolt so rear toe can be adjusted on the car, which is a separate job from the radius rods. Spare bearings and Stainless Steel spacers are worth keeping on the shelf before a trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My Pro R keeps bending factory radius rods. What changes with this kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The rod itself changes. These are 7075 Aircraft-grade aluminum straight rods running JMX12T left and right hand 3 Piece Chromoly PTFE lined bearings, replacing the factory rod and its ends as a complete set of four.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I set rod length after the rods are on the machine?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The kit is 4 adjustable length straight radius rods with 3\/4 spherical bearings, so length is adjustable rather than fixed at a single factory dimension. Set your alignment after any length change.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit a RZR Turbo R, a Pro S or an XP 1000?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this kit as Fits 2022+ RZR Pro R \/ RZR Pro R 4 on the 74 inch chassis. Turbo R and Pro S owners should look at the High Clearance kit, which lists those models, and the XP 1000 is a different chassis entirely.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What finishes is this kit available in?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is available in machined finished or Black Powder Coat. Unlike the High Clearance kit, custom colors are not listed for this part number.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is any cutting or welding needed to fit these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does this compare to the High Clearance radius rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"This kit is four straight rods in 7075 Aircraft-grade aluminum that follow close to the factory line. The High Clearance kit is 6061 Aircraft-grade aluminum with 2 High Clearance lower rods that sit higher to clear obstacles. Straight for dunes and open desert speed, High Clearance for rocks and ruts.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318674554916,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318674587684,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-BPC","price":639.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318674620452,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-PRPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318674653220,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-PBPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318674685988,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-GGPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318674718756,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-SGPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318674751524,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-LLPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318674784292,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-LSPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318674817060,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-ZBPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318674849828,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-OMPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Troy Lee Blue Powder Coat","offer_id":51318674882596,"sku":"LMU-RRR-01-09-TLBPC","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/2edit.jpg?v=1787955057"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-ds-tie-rods-64-oem-inner","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 DS Tie Rods 64\" OEM Inner (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the Can-Am Maverick X3 DS tie rod kit for owners who want a heim outer end without replacing the inner joint.\u003c\/strong\u003e It reuses the factory inner joint on the 64\" chassis and upgrades everything outboard of it: a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod running 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, held together with Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers. Less to disturb, and the slop that matters still gets fixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThat single decision is what separates this kit from the complete heim-end version of the same car. Keeping the factory inner joint shortens the job, costs less and leaves a known-good part in place, while the outer end — the one that takes grit, load and steering angle — becomes a serviceable heim. It is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat, and LM UTV lists Custom lengths available by request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 DS steering tie rods for the 64\" chassis that reuse your factory inner joint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints on the outer end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Worn Outer Steering Ends On A 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 DS With A Good Inner Joint\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVague, wandering steering traced to the outer end, not the inner.\u003c\/strong\u003e Replacing the whole link when only one end is worn is time and money spent on a part that was fine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA factory tie rod that bends before the knuckle or rack does.\u003c\/strong\u003e The replacement rod is 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum, so the weak link moves out of the middle of the steering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOuter ends that get notchy in dust and sand.\u003c\/strong\u003e The outers here are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints — serviceable rod ends rather than a sealed factory ball you throw away entire.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFasteners that corrode or gall at the pinch points.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers go in with the rods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToe drifting between rides.\u003c\/strong\u003e A tight outer joint is what makes an alignment hold; a worn one lets the setting move under load no matter how carefully it was set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 DS Owners On The 64\" Chassis Keeping Their OEM Inner Joint\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaverick X3 DS owners on the 64\" chassis whose factory inner joint is still tight and who only want the outer end upgraded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders replacing a bent factory tie rod who want a heim end without a full steering teardown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who prefer a shorter install, a lower price and fewer factory parts disturbed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders matching finish across the car — machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone needing a non-standard length, since Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your inner joint is already loose, or you want the inner joint replaced too, this is not your kit — that is the complete 64\" DS kit, part number LMU-STR-02-03, which ships with a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis and renews the whole steering link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your car is the 72\" RS instead, neither 64\" part number is correct — the RS chassis kits carry their own part numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Can-Am Maverick X3 Steering Tie Rods (OEM Inner)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: OEM inner — reuse your factory inner joint and upgrade the outer to a 3 piece Chromolly PTFE lined heim end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints; 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie rod material: 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and spacers: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 64\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrim: Can-Am Maverick X3 DS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLengths: Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-02-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 DS models on the 64\" chassis, including the four-seat Maverick X3 Max on that same width. This is the OEM Inner version — it reuses your factory inner joint, so that joint needs to be in serviceable condition. The complete kit for this same car is LMU-STR-02-03, and the 72\" RS chassis uses different part numbers again. If you are not certain which version your car needs, message us with your year and chassis width before you order. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does reusing the OEM inner joint actually mean for me?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour factory inner joint stays on the car. This kit supplies the tie rod and the outer heim end, and they attach to the inner joint you already have. It is the shorter job and the cheaper of the two 64\" DS kits, and it assumes that inner joint is still tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMy steering feels loose. How do I know it is the outer end and not the inner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoose steering can come from either end, so check before you buy. Put the machine on stands and have someone rock the wheel while you watch each joint. If the play is at the inner joint, this kit will not fix it and the complete 64\" DS kit is the right part. If the inner is tight and the outer is the worn one, this kit is aimed exactly at that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose between this and the complete 64\" kit, LMU-STR-02-03?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose by the condition of your inner joint and how much you want to replace. This kit, LMU-STR-02-05, keeps your factory inner joint and upgrades the rod and the outer end for less money. LMU-STR-02-03 includes a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis and renews the whole steering link, which is the better call on a high-mileage machine or a full rebuild. Both fit the same 2017 and newer 64\" DS car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Can-Am Maverick X3 models does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is listed for 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 DS models on the 64\" chassis, including the four-seat Max on that width. The 72\" RS car is a different chassis with its own part numbers. Confirm the width and trim on your machine against the listing before ordering, and ask us if you are between two options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the outer ends and hardware made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outer ends are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints and the rod itself is a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod. Hardware and spacers are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the install shorter than a complete tie rod kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is less to it, because the inner joint is not being removed or replaced. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it goes on with factory mounting points. Set toe once the rods are on and the length is dialed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV products aimed at broken or malfunctioning OEM parts, all Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA and backed by a Lifetime warranty. The catalog spans tie rods, radius rods and ball joints for Polaris and Can-Am models with more being added frequently — and offering both a complete kit and this OEM Inner version for the same car is exactly what building in-house allows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMatch The Right 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 DS Tie Rod Kit To Your Car\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, put a hand on the wheel and have someone rock the steering with the machine on stands: if the play is at the outer end, this is the kit, and if it is at the inner joint, step up to LMU-STR-02-03. Pick your finish at the same time, since machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat is set at build. Once the rods are on, set toe and check it again after a shakedown run — new outer ends will hold an alignment that worn ones never could. Still not sure which version fits your build? Send us your year and chassis width and we will confirm it with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does reusing the OEM inner joint actually mean for me?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Your factory inner joint stays on the car. This kit supplies the tie rod and the outer heim end, and they attach to the inner joint you already have. It is the shorter job and the cheaper of the two 64\\\" DS kits, and it assumes that inner joint is still tight.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"My steering feels loose. How do I know it is the outer end and not the inner?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Loose steering can come from either end, so check before you buy. Put the machine on stands and have someone rock the wheel while you watch each joint. If the play is at the inner joint, this kit will not fix it and the complete 64\\\" DS kit is the right part. If the inner is tight and the outer is the worn one, this kit is aimed exactly at that.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I choose between this and the complete 64\\\" kit, LMU-STR-02-03?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Choose by the condition of your inner joint and how much you want to replace. This kit, LMU-STR-02-05, keeps your factory inner joint and upgrades the rod and the outer end for less money. LMU-STR-02-03 includes a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis and renews the whole steering link, which is the better call on a high-mileage machine or a full rebuild. Both fit the same 2017 and newer 64\\\" DS car.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which Can-Am Maverick X3 models does it fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is listed for 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 DS models on the 64\\\" chassis, including the four-seat Max on that width. The 72\\\" RS car is a different chassis with its own part numbers. Confirm the width and trim on your machine against the listing before ordering, and ask us if you are between two options.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the outer ends and hardware made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The outer ends are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints and the rod itself is a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod. Hardware and spacers are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is the install shorter than a complete tie rod kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"There is less to it, because the inner joint is not being removed or replaced. LM UTV lists the kit as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it goes on with factory mounting points. Set toe once the rods are on and the length is dialed.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318674915364,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-05","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318674948132,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-05-BPC","price":209.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318674980900,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-05-MGPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318675013668,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-05-OBPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318675046436,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-05-OCPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318675079204,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-05-MRPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318675111972,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-05-DTPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318675144740,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-05-SBYPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318675177508,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-05-IBPC","price":219.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LM-utvX3SteeringTieRod01_e39a1ae2-2551-4efb-bc20-633e7b8f8518.jpg?v=1787955060"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-rear-bulkhead-kit-2017-2021","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Rear Bulkhead Kit (2017-2021)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis kit is half of a two-part system: LM UTV states it must be used with our rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 ), so order both or the bulkhead has nothing to work against.\u003c\/strong\u003e It reinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis, puts the rear radius rods in double shear and reverses the rear bolts on 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3 cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory rear radius rod mounts are single shear, and repeated hard landings are what tear or elongate them. A Rear Bulkhead design carries the load through two points instead of one. This kit also allows 1 radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate, which matters the first time you have to change a rod in the field.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMust be used with our rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 ) — the plate is required, not optional\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear Bulkhead design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePuts the rear radius rods in double shear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReverses the rear bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAllows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt on but will need to drill a few holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be welded on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits all X3 models made from 2017-2021\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack powder coated finish or custom colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in USA, Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Single-Shear Rear Radius Rod Mounts On The 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear radius rod mounts that tear or elongate.\u003c\/strong\u003e The factory mounts are single shear. This kit puts the rear radius rods in double shear so the load passes through two points instead of one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA rear chassis area that flexes.\u003c\/strong\u003e LM UTV describes it as one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis, and this is a Rear Bulkhead design built to reinforce it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolts sitting the wrong way for service and for load.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit reverses the rear bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePulling the whole rear plate just to change one rod.\u003c\/strong\u003e The design allows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReinforcement that has to survive real abuse.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is direct bolt on but will need to drill a few holes, and it can be welded on if you want a permanent installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners Already Running The LM UTV Rear Pull Plate\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2017-2021 X3 owners who already have LM UTV rear Pull Plate LMU-RRP-02-01 fitted, or are buying it at the same time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who jump the car and land on the rear end, where the radius rod mounts take the hit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who have already cracked, torn or elongated a rear radius rod mount and are rebuilding it properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders adding power, travel or tire size to a chassis the OEM rear mounts were not drawn around\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone comfortable drilling a few holes, or willing to have the kit welded on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not order this without rear Pull Plate LMU-RRP-02-01 — LM UTV states the bulkhead must be used with it, and on its own the kit does not do the job\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2022 and newer cars need the 2022+ rear bulkhead kit instead; this one is listed for 2017-2021 only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the damage is at the front of the car, the front A-arm mounts are covered by the LM UTV front gusset kit, not this part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Bulk Heads, rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired companion part: Must be used with our rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 )\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: Rear Bulkhead design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad path: Puts the rear radius rods in double shear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolt orientation: Reverses the rear bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eServiceability: Allows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt on but will need to drill a few holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlternative installation: Can be welded on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware: All hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVehicle coverage: Fits all X3 models made from 2017-2021\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Black powder coated finish or custom colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRP-02-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021 Can-Am Maverick X3 models. LM UTV lists it as fitting all X3 models made from 2017-2021, which covers 64\" and 72\" cars and the four-seat Maverick X3 Max in those years. It must be used with LM UTV rear Pull Plate LMU-RRP-02-01, so confirm you have that plate or are ordering it alongside this kit. Cars built in 2022 or after use the separate 2022+ rear bulkhead kit. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to buy the rear pull plate as well?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV states this kit must be used with our rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 ). It is a hard requirement, not a recommendation — the bulkhead is designed around that plate. If you do not already have LMU-RRP-02-01 on the car, add it to the same order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does putting the rear radius rods in double shear change?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe factory rear radius rod mounts are single shear, meaning the load passes through one point. Double shear supports the bolt on both sides so the same landing is carried through two points. That is the failure mode this kit is aimed at.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this a true bolt-on, or do I need to drill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists it as direct bolt on but will need to drill a few holes. Plan for drilling as part of the installation. All hardware is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I weld it on instead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV states it can be welded on. Bolting it is the standard installation; welding is the option if you want it permanent and have access to a competent welder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my 2022 Can-Am Maverick X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is listed for all X3 models made from 2017-2021. LM UTV builds a separate rear bulkhead kit for cars made in 2022 or after, and the two are not interchangeable. Check your model year before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I still have to drop the rear plate to change a radius rod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The design allows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate, so a single rod can be swapped without dismantling the rear of the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to produce UTV products like no other. The company's stated approach is finding solutions for broken or malfunctioning OEM parts and creating improvements while giving the parts an impressive and attractive aesthetic. All LM UTV parts are designed and made in the USA and come with a Lifetime Warranty. The catalog spans both Polaris and Can-Am models — tie rods, radius rods and ball joints among them — with more makes, models and parts being added frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuild The Rear Of Your 2017-2021 Can-Am Maverick X3 As One System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bulkhead is one half of the job. Pair it with LM UTV rear Pull Plate LMU-RRP-02-01, which it must be used with, and the rear radius rod mounts stop being the weak link. From there, upgraded rear radius rods, fresh heims and bearings, and the front gusset kit for the A-arm mounts finish the chassis. Order the plate and the bulkhead together so nothing sits on a shelf waiting for its other half.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to buy the rear pull plate as well?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV states this kit must be used with our rear Pull Plate ( Part # LMU-RRP-02-01 ). It is a hard requirement, not a recommendation — the bulkhead is designed around that plate. If you do not already have LMU-RRP-02-01 on the car, add it to the same order.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does putting the rear radius rods in double shear change?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The factory rear radius rod mounts are single shear, meaning the load passes through one point. Double shear supports the bolt on both sides so the same landing is carried through two points. That is the failure mode this kit is aimed at.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this a true bolt-on, or do I need to drill?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV lists it as direct bolt on but will need to drill a few holes. Plan for drilling as part of the installation. All hardware is included.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I weld it on instead?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV states it can be welded on. Bolting it is the standard installation; welding is the option if you want it permanent and have access to a competent welder.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will it fit my 2022 Can-Am Maverick X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This kit is listed for all X3 models made from 2017-2021. LM UTV builds a separate rear bulkhead kit for cars made in 2022 or after, and the two are not interchangeable. Check your model year before ordering.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I still have to drop the rear plate to change a radius rod?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. The design allows 1 Radius rod to be removed without removing the rear plate, so a single rod can be swapped without dismantling the rear of the car.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318675210276,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-03-BPC","price":199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318675243044,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-03-MGPC","price":214.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318675275812,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-03-OBPC","price":214.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318675308580,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-03-OCPC","price":214.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318675341348,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-03-DTPC","price":214.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318675374116,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-03-MRPC","price":214.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318675406884,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-03-SBYPC","price":214.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318675439652,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-03-IBPC","price":214.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/image_2254686e-b84a-4365-be94-e7c2b5c3a6eb.jpg?v=1787955060"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-rear-radius-rod-plate-2022","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Rear Radius Rod Plate (2022+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan-Am left the rear radius rod mount as one of the weakest parts of the X3 chassis, and the 2022 and newer cars are not exempt.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV rear radius rod plate reinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to that area on 2022+ Can-Am Maverick X3 models, spreading rod load across a plate machined from 6061 rather than concentrating it in factory sheet metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIt goes on as a direct bolt on replacement, comes machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors, and accepts accessories — tow hooks, hitch receiver, cage mounts, and a removable custom logo plate that closes off unused holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt specifically for the 2022+ models — Fits all 2022 and newer X3 models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt on replacement — no cutting, no welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessories: tow hooks, hitch receiver, cage mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom logo plates available — a removable logo plate provides a clean finished look without exposed, unused holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: A Weak Rear Radius Rod Mount On The 2022+ Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA mount that folds after a hard landing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rear rod load funnels into one small area of the chassis, and that area deforms before anything else does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt holes that elongate.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once they egg out, the rods move under load and rear alignment will not stay where you set it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRods that pay for the mount's failure.\u003c\/strong\u003e A deformed mount loads the rod off-axis, and the rods are usually the next parts you buy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFabrication instead of a bolt-on fix.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reinforcing the area first is a much smaller job than repairing a torn mount in the field or on a lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessory mounting with nowhere solid to hang it.\u003c\/strong\u003e Tow hooks, a hitch receiver and cage mounts all want a strong plate to attach to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 2022 And Newer Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners On 64\" And 72\" Cars\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaverick X3, X3 64, X3 72 and X3 Max owners on 2022 and newer machines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDune riders landing the rear end through steep faces and transitions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert and high-speed riders taking repeated impacts through the rear suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners running upgraded rear radius rods who want the mount to be as strong as the rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders adding tow hooks, a hitch receiver or cage mounts at the rear of the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2017-2021 X3 owners: this is not your plate.\u003c\/strong\u003e LM UTV builds a separate rear radius rod plate that fits all X3 models 2017-2021 — order that one instead, the two are not interchangeable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePolaris RZR owners need a RZR pull plate or radius rod plate rather than an X3 plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction: Reinforces the rear chassis and adds strength to one of the weakest parts of the X3 Chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Machined from 6061\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt on replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitment: Fits all 2022 and newer X3 models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessory: Tow Hooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessory: Hitch Receiver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessory: Cage Mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable accessory: Custom Logo Plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRP-02-04\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all 2022 and newer X3 models — 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026 and 2027 Can-Am Maverick X3, including 64in and 72in cars and the four-seat X3 Max. If your X3 is a 2017 through 2021 car, use the 2017-2021 X3 rear radius rod plate instead. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my 2019 Maverick X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This plate is for the 2022+ models and fits all 2022 and newer X3 models. For a 2017 through 2021 car, LM UTV makes a separate rear radius rod plate that fits all X3 models 2017-2021 — that is the one to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat problem does this plate address?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear radius rod mount is one of the weakest parts of the X3 chassis. Under repeated hard landings it can tear, elongate its bolt holes, or fold, and once the mount is out of shape the rear geometry goes with it. The plate spreads that load across a larger area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it cover the 64in, 72in and Max cars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV lists it as fitting all 2022 and newer X3 models, which covers 64in and 72in widths and the four-seat X3 Max.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does it install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a Direct bolt on replacement, so no cutting or welding is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat accessories can I run with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTow hooks, a hitch receiver, cage mounts and custom logo plates are listed as available accessories. The removable logo plate provides a clean finished look without exposed, unused holes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is it made from and what finishes are offered?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is Machined from 6061 and offered machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV builds chassis reinforcement around specific OEM weak points rather than generic bracketry, which is why this plate exists as two distinct part numbers split at the 2022 model year instead of one part sold as universal. It is Machined from 6061, Made in USA, and set up to carry tow hooks, a hitch receiver, cage mounts or a removable logo plate depending on how you use the car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGet The Right X3 Plate For Your Model Year\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the year on your Can-Am Maverick X3 before you order: this plate is for 2022 and newer cars, and 2017-2021 machines take the other plate. Once the year is right, choose your finish and decide which accessories you want mounted to it. If new rear radius rods are on your list too, put the plate on first — the mount is what the rods bolt into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this fit my 2019 Maverick X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This plate is for the 2022+ models and fits all 2022 and newer X3 models. For a 2017 through 2021 car, LM UTV makes a separate rear radius rod plate that fits all X3 models 2017-2021 — that is the one to order.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What problem does this plate address?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The rear radius rod mount is one of the weakest parts of the X3 chassis. Under repeated hard landings it can tear, elongate its bolt holes, or fold, and once the mount is out of shape the rear geometry goes with it. The plate spreads that load across a larger area.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it cover the 64in, 72in and Max cars?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV lists it as fitting all 2022 and newer X3 models, which covers 64in and 72in widths and the four-seat X3 Max.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How does it install?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is a Direct bolt on replacement, so no cutting or welding is required.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What accessories can I run with it?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Tow hooks, a hitch receiver, cage mounts and custom logo plates are listed as available accessories. The removable logo plate provides a clean finished look without exposed, unused holes.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is it made from and what finishes are offered?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It is Machined from 6061 and offered machined finished, black powder coat or custom colors.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318675472420,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-04","price":245.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318675505188,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-04-BPC","price":264.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green Powder Coat","offer_id":51318675537956,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-04-MGPC","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush Powder Coat","offer_id":51318675570724,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-04-OCPC","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue Powder Coat","offer_id":51318675603492,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-04-OBPC","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red Powder Coat","offer_id":51318675636260,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-04-MRPC","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan Powder Coat","offer_id":51318675669028,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-04-DTPC","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318675701796,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-04-IBPC","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318675734564,"sku":"LMU-RRP-02-04-SBYPC","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/image_c676113e-0df8-4722-b4b5-4b566a0d0ceb.jpg?v=1787955060"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-radius-rod-bearing-kit","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Radius Rod Bearing Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo choices on this page, and getting either one wrong wastes the order.\u003c\/strong\u003e These are replacement bearing kits for our parts, and you select twice: bearings only, or bearing kits with spacers, o-rings and C-clips — then high clearance radius rod bearings or straight radius rod bearings. The two rod styles are listed as separate kits, so match the selection to the rods actually on your Can-Am Maverick X3.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you are rebuilding a set of radius rods rather than chasing one bad joint, this is the listing. The with-hardware version adds the spacers, o-rings and C-clips so you are not reusing tired hardware on fresh bearings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplacement bearing kits for our parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable with and without spacers and o-rings, and clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings-only option: just the full replacement bearing kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith-hardware option: bearing kits with spacers, o-rings and C-clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 High Clearance Radius Rod Bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan-Am Maverick X3 Straight Radius Rod Bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod style and hardware level are chosen separately, so you order exactly the combination you need\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Rebuilding Can-Am Maverick X3 Radius Rods Without Replacing The Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorn bearings in otherwise good rods.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rods stay on the machine; only the bearings get replaced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusing worn spacers, o-rings and clips on new bearings.\u003c\/strong\u003e The with-hardware kit includes them so the whole joint goes back together fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrdering the wrong rod style.\u003c\/strong\u003e High clearance and straight radius rod bearings are separate selections — a straight-rod kit is a wasted purchase on high clearance rods, and the reverse is equally true.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuying more than you need.\u003c\/strong\u003e If you already have the hardware, the bearings-only kit is the cheaper of the two.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 Owners Rebuilding A Full Set Of Radius Rod Bearings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners servicing LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 radius rods with multiple worn or notchy joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders doing a full off-season rebuild who want new spacers, o-rings and C-clips at the same time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who has already sourced hardware and only needs the bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf only one joint has play, buy the individual replacement bearing instead — it is sold singly in 5\/8 and 3\/4, in rod end and uniball form\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need spacers, o-rings or clips on their own with no bearings, the spare hardware listing is the right page\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct: replacement bearing kits for our parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware options: with and without spacers and o-rings, and clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod style options: Can-Am Maverick X3 High Clearance Radius Rod Bearings, Can-Am Maverick X3 Straight Radius Rod Bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelection: two independent choices — hardware level and rod style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: HB-X3-58-kit-1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovers 2017 through 2027 Can-Am Maverick X3 models, including the 64\" and 72\" chassis and the four-seat X3 Max. Because these are replacement bearing kits for our parts, the selection that matters is which LM UTV radius rods you are running: high clearance or straight. Check the rods on the machine before ordering — the two are separate kits and do not substitute for each other. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I tell whether I need the high clearance or the straight kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLook at the rods on the machine. High clearance rods are shaped to raise the lower rod away from rocks and ruts, while straight rods follow close to the factory line. The bearing kits are listed separately for each, so identify the rod style first and select to match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the two hardware options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne is just the full replacement bearing kit — bearings alone. The other is the bearing kit with spacers, o-rings and C-clips included. The vendor lists these kits as available with and without spacers and o-rings, and clips, so pick based on whether your existing hardware is still in good shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I reuse my old spacers, o-rings and clips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf they are clean and undamaged, the bearings-only kit is enough. O-rings in particular are a wear item and are what keeps grit out of the joint, so if you are already pulling the rods apart it is usually worth taking the version with the hardware included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eI only have one bad joint. Do I need a whole kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV sells individual replacement bearings separately in 5\/8 and 3\/4, as rod ends in left hand and right hand thread and as uniballs. Buy the single bearing for one worn joint and save this listing for a full set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this include the radius rods themselves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. These are replacement bearing kits for our parts — bearings, and hardware if you select that option. The rods are a separate product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit radius rods from another brand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are listed as replacement bearing kits for our parts, so LM UTV rods are what we can confirm them for. Bearing bore, housing width and clip groove dimensions vary between manufacturers, so contact us before ordering for another brand's rods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV builds around specific OEM failure points on Can-Am and Polaris machines — radius rods, tie rods, ball joints and chassis reinforcement. Offering the bearing kits separately from the rods, and splitting them by rod style and hardware level, is part of the same approach: the rods are meant to be serviced and kept, not replaced every time a joint wears out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRebuild Your Can-Am Maverick X3 Radius Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the rod style first — high clearance or straight — then decide whether you need the spacers, o-rings and C-clips with it. If only one joint is worn, the individual replacement bearings are the cheaper fix, and if you are only short on hardware, the spare hardware listing covers that on its own. Order the kit before the season rather than during it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I tell whether I need the high clearance or the straight kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Look at the rods on the machine. High clearance rods are shaped to raise the lower rod away from rocks and ruts, while straight rods follow close to the factory line. The bearing kits are listed separately for each, so identify the rod style first and select to match.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between the two hardware options?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"One is just the full replacement bearing kit — bearings alone. The other is the bearing kit with spacers, o-rings and C-clips included. The vendor lists these kits as available with and without spacers and o-rings, and clips, so pick based on whether your existing hardware is still in good shape.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Should I reuse my old spacers, o-rings and clips?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"If they are clean and undamaged, the bearings-only kit is enough. O-rings in particular are a wear item and are what keeps grit out of the joint, so if you are already pulling the rods apart it is usually worth taking the version with the hardware included.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"I only have one bad joint. Do I need a whole kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV sells individual replacement bearings separately in 5\/8 and 3\/4, as rod ends in left hand and right hand thread and as uniballs. Buy the single bearing for one worn joint and save this listing for a full set.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this include the radius rods themselves?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. These are replacement bearing kits for our parts — bearings, and hardware if you select that option. The rods are a separate product.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this fit radius rods from another brand?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These are listed as replacement bearing kits for our parts, so LM UTV rods are what we can confirm them for. Bearing bore, housing width and clip groove dimensions vary between manufacturers, so contact us before ordering for another brand's rods.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Just the Full Replacemnt Bearing Kits \/ Can Am X3 High Clearance Radius Rod Bearings","offer_id":51318676717604,"sku":"HB-X3-58-kit-1","price":196.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Just the Full Replacemnt Bearing Kits \/ Can Am X3 Straight Radius Rod Bearings","offer_id":51318676750372,"sku":"HB-X3-34-kit-1","price":270.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bearings kits with spacers\/o-rings\/C-clips \/ Can Am X3 High Clearance Radius Rod Bearings","offer_id":51318676783140,"sku":"HB-X3-58-kit-2","price":256.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bearings kits with spacers\/o-rings\/C-clips \/ Can Am X3 Straight Radius Rod Bearings","offer_id":51318676815908,"sku":"HB-X3-34-kit-2","price":330.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/Canambearingswithoutspacers.jpg?v=1787955115"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-radius-rods-64","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 Radius Rods 64\" (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe factory radius rod on a 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 is the part that gives first, and once one is bent the rear alignment goes with it.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV six-piece kit replaces the complete rear rod set with massive 1.25in 7075 billet aluminum rods on 3\/4 JMX heim ends, so the rear geometry holds instead of moving every time the car lands hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery rod is adjustable through right-hand and left-hand rod ends, which means rear toe can be set with the rods still on the machine. Straight-rod geometry stays close to the factory line — the right choice for dune and high-speed desert riding, where ground clearance under the rod is not what limits you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSix-piece rear radius rod kit — the complete rear set for the 64\" chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMassive 1.25in 7075 aircraft grade aluminum rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\/4 JMX rod ends with F1 bearing fitment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJMX Teflon heims rated at over 28,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRH\/LH rod ends for easy, on-car adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel bearing spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on replacement — no cutting, no welding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine finish or black powder coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and manufactured in-house in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent Rear Radius Rods On The 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRods bending on landings and rock strikes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The factory rod is the soft point back there and it absorbs the damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear alignment that drifts after a hard hit.\u003c\/strong\u003e A tweaked rod changes rear toe and the car stops tracking straight under power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRod ends wearing out early.\u003c\/strong\u003e Play from a flexed rod loads the bearing off-axis and shortens its service life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment adjustments that mean disassembly.\u003c\/strong\u003e RH\/LH ends let toe be set in place instead of pulling rods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReplacing rods piecemeal.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the full six-rod set, so the whole rear geometry is reset at once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 Dune And Desert Riders\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e64\" chassis owners running the narrower factory width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDune riders loading the rear end through soft transitions and steep faces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert and high-speed riders who need rear geometry that survives repeated impacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners rebuilding a rear end after bending a factory rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who want a straight-rod kit — if your terrain is rocky or heavily rutted and you want the lower rod lifted, the 64\" high clearance kit is the better fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e72\" RS chassis owners need the 72\" kit; the widths do not interchange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 6 radius rods (complete rear set)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeometry: straight rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod material: massive 1.25in 7075 aircraft grade aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3\/4 JMX heims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearing fitment: F1 bearing fitment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad rating: JMX Teflon heims rated at over 28,000 static radial load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacers: stainless steel bearing spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: RH\/LH rod ends, adjustable on the car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 64\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: machine finish or black powder coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: designed and manufactured in-house in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: lifetime\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-RRR-02-04\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 models on the 64\" chassis, including the four-seat X3 Max on the same width. This is the straight-rod 64\" kit — it does not fit the 72\" chassis, and the high clearance version is a separate part number. Confirm your chassis width before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill these fit a 72\" Can-Am Maverick X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is built for the 64\" chassis. LM UTV makes a separate 72\" six-piece kit and the rods do not interchange between widths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between these and the high clearance rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese are straight 7075 rods that follow close to the factory line. The high clearance kit raises the lower rod to clear rocks and ruts and uses 6061 with sealed 5\/8 bearings. Pick by terrain: straight for dunes and open desert, high clearance for rocky and rutted riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow strong are the rod ends?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV rates the JMX Teflon heims at over 28,000 static radial load, and the kit uses F1 bearing fitment with stainless steel bearing spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust rear alignment without removing a rod?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Right-hand and left-hand rod ends are what make on-car adjustment possible, so rear toe can be set without taking rods off the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to cut or weld anything to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on replacement using the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit include all six rear rods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is a six-piece kit covering the complete rear rod set, not a lowers-only or uppers-only kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV designs and manufactures in-house in the USA and backs its parts with a lifetime warranty. The company builds around specific OEM failure points on Can-Am and Polaris machines — radius rods, tie rods, ball joints and chassis reinforcement — rather than covering every category thinly, which is why this kit's specs go down to the heim load rating and the spacer material.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 Rear Suspension Upgrade\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRadius rods are one piece of the rear end. Confirm you are on the 64\" chassis and decide between this straight kit and the high clearance version before ordering. After the rods, the mount is what fails next — a rear radius rod plate or pull plate and a double-shear bulkhead hold the new rods in something that will not become the weak link. Spare heims, spacers and a 64\" upper-rod rebuild kit belong on the shelf before a trip, and matching 64\" tie rods and limit straps round out a full rear-end refresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will these fit a 72\\\" Can-Am Maverick X3?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This kit is built for the 64\\\" chassis. LM UTV makes a separate 72\\\" six-piece kit and the rods do not interchange between widths.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is the difference between these and the high clearance rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"These are straight 7075 rods that follow close to the factory line. The high clearance kit raises the lower rod to clear rocks and ruts and uses 6061 with sealed 5\/8 bearings. Pick by terrain: straight for dunes and open desert, high clearance for rocky and rutted riding.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How strong are the rod ends?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV rates the JMX Teflon heims at over 28,000 static radial load, and the kit uses F1 bearing fitment with stainless steel bearing spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Can I adjust rear alignment without removing a rod?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. Right-hand and left-hand rod ends are what make on-car adjustment possible, so rear toe can be set without taking rods off the machine.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to cut or weld anything to install these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on replacement using the factory mounting points.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does the kit include all six rear rods?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. It is a six-piece kit covering the complete rear rod set, not a lowers-only or uppers-only kit.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318676881444,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-04","price":799.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318676914212,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-04-BPC","price":829.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318676946980,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-04-MGPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318676979748,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-04-OCPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318677012516,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-04-OBPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318677045284,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-04-MRPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318677078052,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-04-DTPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318677110820,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-04-IBPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318677143588,"sku":"LMU-RRR-02-04-SBYPC","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/image_0f90e4d3-ba5a-4b7c-8edd-728e23adbabc.jpg?v=1787955116"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-r-toe-rod-bolt-kit","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Pro R Toe Rod Bolt Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the LM UTV high strength rear toe rod bolt kit for the Polaris RZR Pro R and Turbo R.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is made from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treated, with the correct shoulder and thread length. The kit includes bolts, washers and nylon locking nuts, and the bolts carry individual install locaitons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the toe rod hardware only — the rear radius rods on the same machine take a different kit, LMU-BLT-01-08.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear toe rod bolt kit for the Polaris RZR Pro R and Turbo R\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes bolts, washers and nylon locking nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-etched logo and individual install locaitons on the bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits all Pro R and Turbo R models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Worn Rear Toe Rod Hardware On The Polaris RZR Pro R And Turbo R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA stretched toe rod bolt that lets rear toe wander.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once the bolt has yielded, the joint moves even though the nut still torques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlignment that will not hold after a hard landing.\u003c\/strong\u003e Play at the toe rod mount shows up as a car that steps out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrdering the wrong bolts.\u003c\/strong\u003e Toe rod and radius rod hardware are separate kits, and this one is the toe rods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Pro R And Turbo R Owners Servicing The Rear Toe Rods\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4 owners replacing toe rod bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders installing aftermarket toe rods who want new bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are replacing rear \u003cem\u003eradius\u003c\/em\u003e rod bolts, this is the wrong kit — order the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-r-radius-rod-bolt-kit\"\u003ePro R Radius Rod Bolt Kit\u003c\/a\u003e, LMU-BLT-01-08\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: bolts, washers and nylon locking nuts (counts not published)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreatment: heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: correct shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition: rear toe rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarking: laser-etched logo and individual install locaitons\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-BLT-01-08-Toe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2022-2027 Polaris RZR Pro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4 models — LM UTV states it fits all Pro R and Turbo R models. It covers the rear toe rods only; the radius rods use LMU-BLT-01-08. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the toe rod kit or the radius rod kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe toe rod kit. LM UTV's bullet list repeats a line from its radius rod kit, but this part is the toe rod hardware. For radius rod bolts, order LMU-BLT-01-08.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich machines does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4 models from 2022 through 2027.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many bolts and washers are in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot published. LM UTV's parts list reads \"Includes # bolts, # washers and nylon locking nuts\" and the counts were never filled in. We will not guess — contact the store for a count.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the bolts made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated, cut to the correct shoulder and thread length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know which bolt goes where?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bolts carry individual install locaitons marking each position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre nuts and washers included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, washers and nylon locking nuts are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV makes this kit in the USA from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treats it, then etches install locaitons onto the individual bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Rear Toe Rod Bolt Kit For Your Pro R Or Turbo R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck first that it is the toe rods you are servicing and not the radius rods — two different kits for the same machine. Then use new heat treated stainless instead of reusing season-old bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the toe rod kit or the radius rod kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The toe rod kit. LM UTV's bullet list repeats a line from its radius rod kit, but this part is the toe rod hardware. For radius rod bolts, order LMU-BLT-01-08.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which machines does it fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Pro R, Pro R 4, Turbo R and Turbo R 4 models from 2022 through 2027.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many bolts and washers are in the kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Not published. LM UTV's parts list reads \\\"Includes # bolts, # washers and nylon locking nuts\\\" and the counts were never filled in. We will not guess — contact the store for a count.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the bolts made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated, cut to the correct shoulder and thread length.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know which bolt goes where?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The bolts carry individual install locaitons marking each position.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are nuts and washers included?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes, washers and nylon locking nuts are included.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51318676848676,"sku":"LMU-BLT-01-08-Toe","price":79.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/toe2.jpg?v=1787955115"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-r-turbo-r-front-sway-bar-links","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Pro R and Turbo R Front Sway Bar Links","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are the LM UTV front sway bar links for the Polaris RZR Pro R and Turbo R, sold as a pair.\u003c\/strong\u003e The set includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, is a direct bolt-on, and is made in the USA with a Lifetime Warranty. LM UTV lists it for Pro R and Turbo R but states fitment only as RZR Pro R models, so confirm it against your machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFront end links are a wear item on a hard-used UTV, and this pair covers both sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront sway bar links for the RZR Pro R and Turbo R — a matched pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Worn And Broken Front Sway Bar Links On The Polaris RZR Pro R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA link that snaps and leaves the front bar flopping.\u003c\/strong\u003e With an end link gone, the sway bar is no longer tied to the suspension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClunking from the front of the machine.\u003c\/strong\u003e Play in a worn link is heard over chop before anything visibly fails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront body control that has gone vague.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slop in the link lets the chassis move before the bar loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: RZR Pro R And Turbo R Owners Replacing Front End Links\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro R and Pro R 4 owners replacing a broken or worn front link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo R and Turbo R 4 owners, subject to confirming fitment on the machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who want a bolt-in front replacement with no cutting or drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need rear links, or run a different RZR platform, this is the wrong part — see the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sway-bar-links\"\u003esway bar links collection\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-SBL-01-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eListed by LM UTV for the Polaris RZR Pro R and Turbo R. The vendor's own fitment line reads only as RZR Pro R models, so Turbo R owners should confirm against the machine before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this fit a Turbo R as well as a Pro R?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV titles the part for Pro R and Turbo R, but its fitment line states RZR Pro R models. Treat Turbo R as listed but unconfirmed and check it against your machine before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many links come in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, so both sides of the front are covered in one purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre the bearings and spacers included or bought separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are included. The set is supplied as 2 links with bearings and spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any cutting, drilling or welding needed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty comes with these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Lifetime Warranty from LM UTV.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere are they made?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV builds replacement UTV parts in the USA and backs them with a Lifetime Warranty. This front link is listed as a straight bolt-on pair — what you want from a part replacing a factory wear item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Front Sway Bar Links For Your RZR Pro R\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm the part against your machine first, particularly on a Turbo R, then order the pair and do both sides in one go. If you need rear links too, check the sway bar links collection for the part listed for your model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does this fit a Turbo R as well as a Pro R?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV titles the part for Pro R and Turbo R, but its fitment line states RZR Pro R models. Treat Turbo R as listed but unconfirmed and check it against your machine before ordering.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many links come in the set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, so both sides of the front are covered in one purchase.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Are the bearings and spacers included or bought separately?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are included. The set is supplied as 2 links with bearings and spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is any cutting, drilling or welding needed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What warranty comes with these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A Lifetime Warranty from LM UTV.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are they made?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Made in the USA.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine finish","offer_id":51318677176356,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05","price":174.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318677209124,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-BPC","price":184.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318677241892,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-PRPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318677274660,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-PBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318677307428,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-GGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318677340196,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-SGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318677372964,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-LLPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318677405732,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-LSPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318677438500,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-ZBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318677471268,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-OMPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Troy Lee Blue Powder Coat","offer_id":51318677504036,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-05-TLBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/thumbnail_IMG_20230906_151928.jpg?v=1787955115"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-pro-xp-rear-sway-bar-links","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Pro XP Rear Sway Bar Links","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese are the LM UTV rear sway bar links for the Polaris RZR Pro XP, sold as a pair.\u003c\/strong\u003e The set includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, is a direct bolt-on, and is made in the USA with a Lifetime Warranty. LM UTV lists it for RZR Pro XP models only, so it is a single-platform part rather than a universal one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRear end links take a beating on a hard-used UTV, and this pair covers both sides in one job.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear sway bar links for the RZR Pro XP — a matched pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Broken Rear Sway Bar Links On The Polaris RZR Pro XP\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA rear link that lets go and leaves the bar hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e With an end link gone, the sway bar is no longer connected to the suspension.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClunking out of the back of the machine.\u003c\/strong\u003e Play in a worn link shows up as noise over chop before it breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear body control that feels late and sloppy.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slop in the link means the bar loads after the car has rolled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: RZR Pro XP Owners Replacing Rear End Links\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePro XP and Pro XP 4 owners replacing a broken or worn rear link\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders doing a preventative swap before a long desert or dune trip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who want a bolt-in rear fix with no cutting or drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need front links, or run a Turbo S, Pro R or XP 1000, this is the wrong part — see the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sway-bar-links\"\u003esway bar links collection\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-SBL-01-06\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits RZR Pro XP models. This is the Pro XP rear link only — it is not listed for other RZR platforms, and LM UTV publishes no model year range for it. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich machines does this fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists it for RZR Pro XP models. It is not listed for any other RZR platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this the front or the rear link?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear. This part number covers the rear sway bar links only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many links are in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, which covers both sides of the rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to modify anything to fit them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do they carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA Lifetime Warranty from LM UTV.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere are they manufactured?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV builds replacement UTV parts in the USA and stands behind them with a Lifetime Warranty. This rear link is listed as a straight bolt-on pair for one platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Rear Sway Bar Links For Your RZR Pro XP\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm you are on a Pro XP, then order the pair and replace both sides at once rather than chasing the second one later. If you need front links too, check the sway bar links collection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which machines does this fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV lists it for RZR Pro XP models. It is not listed for any other RZR platform.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this the front or the rear link?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The rear. This part number covers the rear sway bar links only.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How many links are in the set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 2 links with bearings and spacers, which covers both sides of the rear.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to modify anything to fit them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What warranty do they carry?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"A Lifetime Warranty from LM UTV.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Where are they manufactured?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Made in the USA.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine finish","offer_id":51318677536804,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06","price":174.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318677569572,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06-BPC","price":184.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318677602340,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06-PRPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318677635108,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06-PBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318677667876,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06-GGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318677700644,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06-SGPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318677733412,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06-LLPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318677766180,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06-LSPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318677798948,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06-ZBPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318677831716,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-06-OMPC","price":194.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/SBL-01-07Both_f4bce29a-2f67-4709-8c9e-089b9d7c55ed.jpg?v=1787955115"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-turbo-s-radius-rod-bolt-kit","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Turbo S Radius Rod Bolt Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the LM UTV high strength rear radius rod bolt kit for the Polaris RZR Turbo S.\u003c\/strong\u003e It replaces the factory rear rod hardware with aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel that is heat treated and cut to the correct shoulder and thread length. The kit includes 8 bolts, 16 washers and nylon locking nuts, and the bolts carry a laser-etched logo and individual install locaitons so each goes back where it belongs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFactory suspension bolts stretch and gall under repeated hard landings, and a stretched bolt lets the joint move even when the nut is still tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear radius rod bolt kit for the Polaris RZR Turbo S\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrect shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 8 bolts, 16 washers and nylon locking nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaser-etched logo and individual install locaitons on the bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits all Turbo S models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Worn And Stretched Rear Radius Rod Hardware On The Polaris RZR Turbo S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolts that stretch under repeated hard landings.\u003c\/strong\u003e Once a bolt has yielded, the joint moves even though everything reads tight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGalled hardware that will not come apart cleanly.\u003c\/strong\u003e Reused rear suspension bolts turn a one-day rebuild into a two-day one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSheared hardware at the rod mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear rods carry the load, and the bolt through the joint is not a part you want failing at speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLosing track of which bolt goes where.\u003c\/strong\u003e Individual install locaitons are etched on the bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Polaris RZR Turbo S Owners Rebuilding The Rear End\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo S owners doing a full rear radius rod service in one go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders installing aftermarket rear rods who want fresh bolts in the new joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners refreshing a high-hour desert or dune car\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who has already pulled a stretched rear rod bolt out of a Turbo S\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you run a Pro R, Turbo R or a Can-Am Maverick X3, this is the wrong kit — see the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/bolt-kits\"\u003ebolt kits collection\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 8 bolts, 16 washers and nylon locking nuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreatment: heat treated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: correct shoulder and thread length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition: rear radius rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarking: laser-etched logo and individual install locaitons on the bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-BLT-01-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all Turbo S models. LM UTV publishes no model year range for this kit, so it is listed by model rather than by year. It covers the rear radius rods. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich machines does this kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits all Turbo S models. LM UTV does not publish a model year range for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 8 bolts, 16 washers and nylon locking nuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the bolts made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know which bolt goes in which hole?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bolts carry a laser-etched logo and individual install locaitons, so each is marked for its position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this for the front or the rear?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear. This part number is the rear radius rod bolt kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it come with nuts, or do I reuse the factory ones?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNylon locking nuts and washers are included, so no factory hardware is reused.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV makes this kit in the USA from aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel and heat treats it, then etches install locaitons onto the individual bolts. That is the difference between a bolt kit and a bag of bolts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrder The Rear Radius Rod Bolt Kit For Your RZR Turbo S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the rear rods are coming off anyway, replace the hardware while you are in there rather than reusing bolts that have already taken a season of landings. Confirm you are on a Turbo S before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which machines does this kit fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It fits all Turbo S models. LM UTV does not publish a model year range for it.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is in the kit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 8 bolts, 16 washers and nylon locking nuts.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the bolts made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Aircraft grade 17-4 stainless steel, heat treated.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know which bolt goes in which hole?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The bolts carry a laser-etched logo and individual install locaitons, so each is marked for its position.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is this for the front or the rear?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The rear. This part number is the rear radius rod bolt kit.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Does it come with nuts, or do I reuse the factory ones?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Nylon locking nuts and washers are included, so no factory hardware is reused.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51318781575204,"sku":"LMU-BLT-01-03","price":114.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/01-03c.jpg?v=1787960319"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-rear-sway-bar-links-10mm","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Rear Sway Bar Links 10mm (2014+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe stock sway bar links are one of the known weak points on the Polaris RZR, and this LM UTV pair replaces the rear set in billet 6061 aluminum.\u003c\/strong\u003e Two conditions have to be true before this is the right part: your machine must still have its OEM rear sway bar fitted, and its rear sway bar bolts must be 10mm. If your car uses 12mm rear bolts, this is not your link.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe set includes two links with bearings and spacers, built with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers, and it is a direct bolt-on made in the USA with a lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed rear sway bar end links — a matched pair for the rear of the machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed from Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSized for RZR models running 10MM Bolts at the rear sway bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Failed Rear Sway Bar Links On The Polaris RZR\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA snapped rear link that leaves the bar hanging.\u003c\/strong\u003e Lose one end link and the rear sway bar is no longer tied to the suspension, so it stops controlling roll entirely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClunking from the back of the machine.\u003c\/strong\u003e Play in a worn stock link is usually heard before it is seen, and it gets louder over rough ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear body control that feels vague under power.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slop in the link means the bar loads late, and the back of the car moves before the bar catches it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBinding when the rear suspension articulates.\u003c\/strong\u003e Misalignment spacers give the bearing room to swing instead of forcing the link to take the angle in bending.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrdering the wrong link twice.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear bolt size splits into 10mm and 12mm cars, and getting that right the first time is half the job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: RZR Owners With An OEM Rear Sway Bar And 10mm Bolts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2014 and newer Polaris RZR owners whose rear sway bar is still on the machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR XP 1000, XP 4 1000, XP Turbo and XP 4 Turbo owners on 10mm rear hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who have already lost a stock rear link and want a billet replacement instead of another factory part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners who want a bolt-in rear fix with no cutting or drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo S owners with 12mm rear bolts should order LMU-SBL-01-04 instead — this 10mm link will not fit that hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need the front pair rather than the rear, LMU-SBL-01-01 is the front link in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sway-bar-links\"\u003esway bar links collection\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Polaris RZR Fixed Rear Sway Bar Links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisalignment spacers: 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolt size: 10MM Bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-SBL-01-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits all models of the Polaris RZR 2014 and newer with an OEM rear sway bar and 10MM Bolts. Both conditions matter. If the rear sway bar has been removed from your machine, these links have nothing to connect to; if your rear sway bar bolts are 12mm, order LMU-SBL-01-04, the Turbo S 12mm rear link. Check the bolt size on the machine rather than assuming it from the model year. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know whether my RZR has 10mm or 12mm rear bolts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the hardware at the rear sway bar itself rather than going by model year. This part is the 10mm version. The 12mm rear link is a separate part number, LMU-SBL-01-04, listed for Turbo S models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to still have the factory rear sway bar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. LM UTV lists these as fitting RZR models with an OEM rear sway bar. End links tie the bar to the suspension, so with the bar removed there is nothing for them to bolt to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is included in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 2 links with bearings and spacers — a complete rear pair, not a single link and not a bare body you have to press bearings into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the bearings and spacers made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe links use Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers, in bodies constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs any cutting or welding involved in the install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on using the factory rear sway bar mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo these also cover the front sway bar?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This part number is the rear pair only. The front links are LMU-SBL-01-01, which is offered in its own 10mm and 12mm bolt versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV parts that replace broken or malfunctioning OEM components and look right doing it. Every part is designed and made in-house in the USA and carries a Lifetime Warranty. The catalog covers Polaris and Can-Am machines across tie rods, radius rods and ball joints, with more makes, models and parts added regularly — and the rear sway bar link is split by bolt size so each car gets the correct fit rather than a compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eGet The Right Rear Sway Bar Link For Your RZR The First Time\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConfirm two things before you order: your rear sway bar is still on the machine, and its bolts are 10mm. If they are 12mm, LMU-SBL-01-04 is the Turbo S rear link you want. With the rear sorted, LMU-SBL-01-01 handles the front pair, and if you are already under the car, tie rods, radius rods and ball joints are the other OEM wear points LM UTV builds replacements for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How do I know whether my RZR has 10mm or 12mm rear bolts?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Check the hardware at the rear sway bar itself rather than going by model year. This part is the 10mm version. The 12mm rear link is a separate part number, LMU-SBL-01-04, listed for Turbo S models.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to still have the factory rear sway bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Yes. LM UTV lists these as fitting RZR models with an OEM rear sway bar. End links tie the bar to the suspension, so with the bar removed there is nothing for them to bolt to.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is included in the set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 2 links with bearings and spacers — a complete rear pair, not a single link and not a bare body you have to press bearings into.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the bearings and spacers made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The links use Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers, in bodies constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Is any cutting or welding involved in the install?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on using the factory rear sway bar mounting points.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do these also cover the front sway bar?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This part number is the rear pair only. The front links are LMU-SBL-01-01, which is offered in its own 10mm and 12mm bolt versions.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine finish","offer_id":51318781607972,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03","price":144.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318781640740,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03-BPC","price":154.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318781673508,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03-PRPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318781706276,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03-PBPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318781739044,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03-GGPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318781771812,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03-SGPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318781804580,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03-LLPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318781837348,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03-LSPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318781870116,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03-ZBPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318781902884,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-03-OMPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LMU-SBL-01-03.jpg?v=1787960324"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-can-am-maverick-x3-ds-tie-rods-64-heim","title":"LM UTV Can-Am Maverick X3 DS Tie Rods 64\" Heim (2017+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteering slop on a Can-Am Maverick X3 is not a comfort problem, it is a warning that something in the linkage is moving that should not be.\u003c\/strong\u003e This LM UTV kit is the complete steering upgrade for the 64\" DS chassis: a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod, 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints and a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, so the inner end, the rod and the outer joint are all replaced together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHardware is not an afterthought on this kit either — it ships with Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers, and it is a Direct Bolt-on Replacement on the factory mounting points. Finish is your call between machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat, and LM UTV notes that Custom lengths available by request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete steering upgrade for the Can-Am Maverick X3 DS on the 64\" chassis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Bent Tie Rods And Steering Play On The 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 DS\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA tie rod that bends before anything else does.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rod is 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum rather than the factory tube, so the part taking the load is built for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlay at the inner end that you feel in the wheel.\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit does not leave the inner joint alone — it replaces it with a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOuter ends that go notchy and vague after dusty miles.\u003c\/strong\u003e The outers are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints, a jointed rod end rather than a sealed-for-life factory ball.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware that rusts, galls or stretches at the pinch points.\u003c\/strong\u003e Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers carry the clamp load instead of plated steel that has already seen a season.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToe that will not stay where you set it.\u003c\/strong\u003e Rebuilding the whole steering link at once means alignment is set on new parts, not measured through worn ones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: Can-Am Maverick X3 DS Owners On The 64\" Chassis Rebuilding Steering Completely\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e64\" DS chassis owners who want the entire steering link replaced in one go, inner end included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who have already bent a factory tie rod and do not want a repeat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesert, dune and rough trail use where the outer end takes constant load and grit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilders who want the finish to match the car — machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners running a non-standard steering setup or custom width who need the Custom lengths available by request option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you would rather keep your factory inner joint and spend less, this is not your kit — that is the OEM Inner version of this same 64\" DS car, part number LMU-STR-02-05, which supplies the rod and heim outer end only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf your car is the 72\" RS instead, neither 64\" part number is correct — the RS chassis kits carry their own part numbers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: CAN-AM MAVERICK X3 Steering Tie Rods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: complete kit, inner end replaced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis; 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints; 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner end: Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTie rod material: 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRod ends: 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware and spacers: Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel hardware and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChassis width: 64\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTrim: Can-Am Maverick X3 DS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct Bolt-on Replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish options: Available in machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLengths: Custom lengths available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-STR-02-03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 DS models on the 64\" chassis, including the four-seat Maverick X3 Max on that same width. This is the heim-end kit that includes its own Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis; the version that reuses the OEM inner joint on this same car is LMU-STR-02-05. The 72\" RS chassis uses different part numbers again, so confirm your chassis width and trim before ordering. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy do factory tie rods bend on a Can-Am Maverick X3 in the first place?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tie rod is the thinnest structural link between the rack and the knuckle, so a hard hit on a wheel loads it directly. This kit answers that with a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints instead of a factory-shaped tube and sealed ball end.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does this kit change about the inner end?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt replaces it. The kit includes a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, so the inner joint is a new serviceable part rather than the original one carried over. That is the main structural difference between this kit and the OEM Inner version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is this different from the Can-Am Maverick X3 OEM Inner tie rod kit, LMU-STR-02-05?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth are for the same 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 DS on the 64\" chassis. This one, LMU-STR-02-03, replaces the inner joint with a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis and renews the entire steering link. LMU-STR-02-05 keeps your factory inner joint and upgrades only the rod and the outer end, which costs less and is the shorter job. Choose this one for a complete rebuild, that one if your inner joint is still tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my 72\" Maverick X3 RS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the 64\" DS kit. The 72\" RS chassis is a different width and LM UTV sells its tie rod kits for that car under separate part numbers, in both a complete heim version and an OEM Inner version. Measure or confirm your chassis width before ordering, and ask us if you are unsure which car you have.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the heim joints actually made of?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints. Three-piece Chromoly construction with a PTFE liner is a different build from a nylon-injected rod end, and the hardware and spacers around them are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I have to cut or drill anything to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it goes on using the factory mounting points. Plan to set toe once the new rods are in, since you are replacing the full steering link.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV products aimed at broken or malfunctioning OEM parts, and everything is Designed and Manufactured in-house, in the USA with a Lifetime warranty behind it. The catalog covers tie rods, radius rods and ball joints across Polaris and Can-Am models, with more makes and models added frequently — and because the parts are made in-house, Custom lengths available by request is a real option rather than a line on a page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eComplete Your 64\" Can-Am Maverick X3 DS Steering Tie Rod Rebuild\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePick the finish before you order, since machined finished or Type 3 Hard Black Powder Coat is set at build time, and confirm you are on the 64\" DS chassis rather than the 72\" RS. When the rods come off, look at what they bolted to — the knuckle, the rack end and the hardware took the same hits the old rods did, and new tie rods only help if the mounts behind them are straight. Set toe before the first real ride, then recheck it after a shakedown run rather than at the end of the season.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Why do factory tie rods bend on a Can-Am Maverick X3 in the first place?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"The tie rod is the thinnest structural link between the rack and the knuckle, so a hard hit on a wheel loads it directly. This kit answers that with a 7075 Aircraft grade aluminum tie rod and 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints instead of a factory-shaped tube and sealed ball end.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What does this kit change about the inner end?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It replaces it. The kit includes a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis, so the inner joint is a new serviceable part rather than the original one carried over. That is the main structural difference between this kit and the OEM Inner version.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"How is this different from the Can-Am Maverick X3 OEM Inner tie rod kit, LMU-STR-02-05?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Both are for the same 2017 and newer Can-Am Maverick X3 DS on the 64\\\" chassis. This one, LMU-STR-02-03, replaces the inner joint with a Heat treated 4340 Chromolly inner clevis and renews the entire steering link. LMU-STR-02-05 keeps your factory inner joint and upgrades only the rod and the outer end, which costs less and is the shorter job. Choose this one for a complete rebuild, that one if your inner joint is still tight.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Will this fit my 72\\\" Maverick X3 RS?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. This is the 64\\\" DS kit. The 72\\\" RS chassis is a different width and LM UTV sells its tie rod kits for that car under separate part numbers, in both a complete heim version and an OEM Inner version. Measure or confirm your chassis width before ordering, and ask us if you are unsure which car you have.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are the heim joints actually made of?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are 3 Piece Chromolly PTFE lined 5\/8 Heim joints. Three-piece Chromoly construction with a PTFE liner is a different build from a nylon-injected rod end, and the hardware and spacers around them are Heat treated 17-4 Stainless Steel.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I have to cut or drill anything to install these?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a Direct Bolt-on Replacement, so it goes on using the factory mounting points. Plan to set toe once the new rods are in, since you are replacing the full steering link.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine Finish","offer_id":51318781935652,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-03","price":329.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318781968420,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-03-BPC","price":339.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Manta Green","offer_id":51318782001188,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-03-MGPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Octane Blue","offer_id":51318782033956,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-03-OBPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Crush","offer_id":51318782066724,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-03-OCPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Magma Red","offer_id":51318782099492,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-03-MRPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Desert Tan","offer_id":51318782132260,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-03-DTPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Sunburst Yellow","offer_id":51318782165028,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-03-SBYPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Intense Blue","offer_id":51318782197796,"sku":"LMU-STR-02-03-IBPC","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/new.jpg?v=1787960324"},{"product_id":"lm-utv-polaris-rzr-turbo-s-rear-sway-bar-links-12mm","title":"LM UTV Polaris RZR Turbo S Rear Sway Bar Links 12mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe stock sway bar links are one of the known weak points on the Polaris RZR, and this is the LM UTV rear pair built for the Turbo S with 12mm bolts.\u003c\/strong\u003e It is the 12mm version specifically. Your machine needs an OEM rear sway bar still fitted and 12mm rear bolts for this to be the correct part, so check the hardware before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe set includes two links with bearings and spacers, constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers. It is a direct bolt-on, made in the USA, with a lifetime warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed rear sway bar end links for the RZR Turbo S — a matched pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed from Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSized for 12MM Bolts at the rear sway bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt To Solve: Broken Rear Sway Bar Links On The Polaris RZR Turbo S\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA rear link that lets go and leaves the bar flopping.\u003c\/strong\u003e With one end link gone the rear sway bar is disconnected from the suspension and contributes nothing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClunking out of the back of the car.\u003c\/strong\u003e Play in a tired stock link announces itself over chop well before the link actually fails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear roll control that arrives late.\u003c\/strong\u003e Slop in the link means the bar does not load until the body has already moved.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBinding through big rear travel.\u003c\/strong\u003e Misalignment spacers let the spherical bearing follow the suspension instead of loading the link sideways.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrdering a 10mm link for a 12mm car.\u003c\/strong\u003e Turbo S rear hardware is its own size, and this part number exists so it gets the right link.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For: RZR Turbo S Owners With An OEM Rear Sway Bar\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR Turbo S owners whose factory rear sway bar is still on the machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo S cars confirmed to use 12mm rear sway bar bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOwners replacing a stock rear link that has already broken or gone loose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRiders who want a bolt-in rear fix with no cutting or drilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRZR owners with 10mm rear bolts need LMU-SBL-01-03 instead — the 12mm link will not fit 10mm hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you are after the front pair, LMU-SBL-01-01 is the front link in the \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sway-bar-links\"\u003esway bar links collection\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct type: Polaris RZR Fixed Rear Sway Bar Links\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKit contents: 2 links with bearings and spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBody material: Billet 6061 aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBearings: Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMisalignment spacers: 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolt size: 12MM Bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation: Direct bolt-on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarranty: Lifetime Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrigin: Made in the USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer Part Number: LMU-SBL-01-04\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFitment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFits RZR Turbo S models with an OEM rear sway bar and 12MM Bolts. LM UTV does not publish a model year range for this part, so fitment is stated by model and bolt size rather than by year. If the rear sway bar has been removed from your machine there is nothing for these links to attach to, and if your rear bolts are 10mm the correct part is LMU-SBL-01-03. Fitment is not guaranteed on applications not listed here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich RZR does this rear link fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV lists it for RZR Turbo S models with an OEM rear sway bar and 12MM Bolts. Other RZR models running 10mm rear bolts take LMU-SBL-01-03 instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat model years does this cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV does not state a model year range for this part. It is listed by model and bolt size, so confirm you have a Turbo S with 12mm rear sway bar bolts rather than working from the year.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt includes 2 links with bearings and spacers — a complete rear pair with the bearings and misalignment spacers supplied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are these links made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to modify anything to install them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on that uses the factory rear sway bar mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat happens if my rear sway bar has been removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThen these are not the part you need. End links connect the sway bar to the suspension, so an OEM rear sway bar has to be on the machine for them to do anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy LM UTV\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLM UTV combines engineering and manufacturing knowledge with modern design to build UTV parts that replace broken or malfunctioning OEM components. Everything is designed and made in-house in the USA and carries a Lifetime Warranty. The line covers Polaris and Can-Am machines across tie rods, radius rods and ball joints, with more makes, models and parts added regularly — and the rear sway bar link is split by bolt size so the Turbo S gets a part sized for its own hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMatch The Bolt Size Before You Order Your Turbo S Rear Sway Bar Links\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the 12mm rear link for the RZR Turbo S. If your rear bolts measure 10mm, LMU-SBL-01-03 is the part you want instead. Once the rear is handled, LMU-SBL-01-01 covers the front pair — and it too comes in 10mm and 12mm versions, so check that hardware as well before you order both ends at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Which RZR does this rear link fit?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV lists it for RZR Turbo S models with an OEM rear sway bar and 12MM Bolts. Other RZR models running 10mm rear bolts take LMU-SBL-01-03 instead.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What model years does this cover?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"LM UTV does not state a model year range for this part. It is listed by model and bolt size, so confirm you have a Turbo S with 12mm rear sway bar bolts rather than working from the year.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What is in the set?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"It includes 2 links with bearings and spacers — a complete rear pair with the bearings and misalignment spacers supplied.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What are these links made from?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"They are constructed from Billet 6061 aluminum with Chromolly PTFE lined spherical bearings and 17-4 Stainless misalignment spacers.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"Do I need to modify anything to install them?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"No. LM UTV lists this as a direct bolt-on that uses the factory rear sway bar mounting points.\"}},\n    {\"@type\":\"Question\",\"name\":\"What happens if my rear sway bar has been removed?\",\"acceptedAnswer\":{\"@type\":\"Answer\",\"text\":\"Then these are not the part you need. End links connect the sway bar to the suspension, so an OEM rear sway bar has to be on the machine for them to do anything.\"}}\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e\n","brand":"LM-UTV","offers":[{"title":"Machine finish","offer_id":51318782492708,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04","price":144.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Powder Coat","offer_id":51318782525476,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04-BPC","price":154.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Red","offer_id":51318782558244,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04-PRPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Polaris Blue","offer_id":51318782591012,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04-PBPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ghost Grey","offer_id":51318782623780,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04-GGPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Stealth Grey","offer_id":51318782656548,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04-SGPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lifted Lime","offer_id":51318782689316,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04-LLPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lime Squeeze","offer_id":51318782722084,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04-LSPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Zenith Blue","offer_id":51318782754852,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04-ZBPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Orange Madness","offer_id":51318782787620,"sku":"LMU-SBL-01-04-OMPC","price":164.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/files\/LMU-SBL-01-03_aa799911-7aed-45b0-8e9d-bde6c93e7469.jpg?v=1787960327"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0694\/6488\/3236\/collections\/lm_utv.png?v=1757084074","url":"https:\/\/dunes2dezertsxs.com\/collections\/lm-utv-precision-components-for-suspension-and-handling.oembed?page=3","provider":"Dunes 2 Dezert SXS","version":"1.0","type":"link"}